10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

________________________________________________________________________

FORM 10-K

 ________________________________________________________________________

(Mark One)

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

Or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission file number: 0-32259

_____________________________________________________________________

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

_____________________________________________________________________ 

Delaware	94-3267295
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

2560 Orchard Parkway

San Jose, California 95131

(Address of principal executive offices)

(408) 470-1000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

______________________________________________________ 

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value (Including associated Preferred Stock Purchase Rights)	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Global Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  x		Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $4,457,461,725 as of June 30, 2014 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on such date. Shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

On February 20, 2015, 80,720,243 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2014 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2014 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.

FORM 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I		3
Item 1.	Business	3
	Executive Officers of the Registrant	14
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	15
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	28
Item 2.	Properties	28
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	28
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	29
PART II		30
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	30
Item 6.	Selected Consolidated Financial Data	32
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	34
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	54
Item 8.	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	54
Item 9.	Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	94
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	94
Item 9B.	Other Information	94
PART III		95
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	95
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	95
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	95
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	96
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	96
PART IV		97
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	97
Signatures		101

Invisalign, Align, the Invisalign logo, ClinCheck, Invisalign Assist, Invisalign Teen, Vivera, SmartForce, SmartTrack, SmartStage, Power Ridge, iTero, Orthocad, iCast and iRecord, among others, are trademarks and/or service marks of Align Technology, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies and may be registered in the United States and/or other countries.

2

In addition to historical information, this annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  These statements include, among other things, our expectations regarding the anticipated impact of our new products and product enhancements including Invisalign G5 and ClinCheck Pro will have on doctor utilization and our market share, our expectations regarding product mix and product adoption, our expectations regarding the existence and impact of seasonality, our expectations regarding the financial and strategic benefits of our iTero scanner, our expectations regarding the continued expansion of our international markets the level of our operating expenses and gross margins, and other factors beyond our control, as well as other statements regarding our future operations, financial condition and prospects and business strategies.  These statements may contain words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” or other words indicating future results.  These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements.  Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 2 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and in particular, the risks discussed below in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors”.  We undertake no obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements.  Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

PART I

ITEM 1.BUSINESS

Our Company

Align Technology, Inc (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) designs, manufactures and markets a system of clear aligner therapy, intra-oral scanners and CAD/CAM (computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing) digital services used in dentistry, orthodontics, and dental records storage. Align Technology was founded in March 1997 and incorporated in Delaware in April 1997. Our headquarters are located at 2560 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95131, and our telephone number is 408-470-1000. Our internet address is www.aligntech.com. Our international headquarters are located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System; and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intra-oral scanner and OrthoCAD services and formerly referred to as our Scanners and CAD/CAM Services segment ("SCCS"). For the year ended December 31, 2014, Clear Aligner revenues represent approximately 94 percent of worldwide revenue, while Scanners represent the remaining 6 percent of worldwide revenues. We distribute the vast majority of our products directly to our customers: orthodontists and general practitioner dentists ("GPs"), as well as to restorative dentists, including prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons.

We received 510(k) clearance from the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market the Invisalign System in 1998. The Invisalign System is regulated by the FDA as a Class II medical device. In order to provide Invisalign treatment to their patients, orthodontists and GPs must initially complete an Invisalign training course. The Invisalign System is primarily sold through a direct sales force in the United States ("U.S."), Canada, Europe, and certain Asia Pacific countries including Australia, New Zealand, China and Japan. We use a distributor model for the sale of our products in non-core country markets in the Asia Pacific, Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), and Latin America regions.

We acquired the iTero digital intra-oral scanner and CAD/CAM services business, our Scanner segment, in April 2011. Our iTero scanner is used by dental professionals and/or labs and services for restorative and orthodontic digital procedures as well as Invisalign digital impression submission. We received 501(k) clearance from the FDA to market iTero software for expanded indications in 2013. Scanners and CAD/CAM Services are primarily sold through our direct sales force in North America and in select international markets primarily through distribution partners.  

Clear Aligner Segment

Malocclusion and Traditional Orthodontic Treatment

Malocclusion, or the misalignment of teeth, is one of the most prevalent clinical dental conditions, affecting nearly a billion people, or approximately 50% to 75% of the population of major developed countries. Approximately 6.8 million people annually elect treatment by orthodontists worldwide, of which approximately 2.6 million have mild to moderate malocclusion and are applicable to Invisalign treatment - our served market.

3

In the U.S., orthodontists and GPs treat malocclusion primarily with metal arch wires and brackets, referred to as braces, and augment braces with elastics, metal bands, headgear and other ancillary devices as needed. Available options for improving treatment aesthetics include the use of ceramic, tooth-colored brackets or bonding brackets on the inside, or lingual surface, of the patient’s teeth. The average treatment takes approximately 12 to 24 months to complete and requires several hours of direct dental professional involvement, known in the industry as “chair time,” including the initial diagnosis, creation of an appropriate treatment plan and bonding of the brackets to the patient’s teeth, and attachment of arch wires to the brackets.  Subsequent visits involve tightening or otherwise adjusting the braces approximately every six weeks until the final visit when the dental professional removes each bracket and residual bonding agent from the patient’s teeth. Upon completion of the treatment, the dental professional may, at his or her discretion, have the patient use a retainer.

The Invisalign System

The Invisalign System is a proprietary method for treating malocclusion based on a series of doctor-prescribed, custom manufactured, clear plastic removable orthodontic aligners. The Invisalign System offers a range of treatment options, specialized services, and proprietary software for treatment visualization and is comprised of the following phases:

Orthodontic diagnosis and transmission of treatment data to us.  The dental professional prepares and sends us a patient’s treatment data package which consists of a prescription form, a polyvinyl-siloxane, (or "PVS") impression of the relevant dental arches, photographs of the patient and, at the dental professional’s election, x-rays of the patient’s dentition. The dental professional can also submit an intra-oral scan or “digital impression” instead of a physical PVS impression through either iTero or 3M True Definition, currently the only other Invisalign qualified intra-oral scanner.

Preparation of 3D computer models of the patient’s initial malocclusion.  Upon receipt, we use the treatment data package to construct digital models of the patient’s dentition. In cases where a PVS impression has been submitted, we use computed tomography, known as CT scanning to develop a digital, three-dimensional computer model of the patient’s current dentition.  In cases where the dental professional submits a digital impression, this step in the process is eliminated.

Preparation of computer-simulated treatment and viewing of treatment using ClinCheck software. We transform this initial digital model into a proposed custom, three-dimensional treatment plan, called a ClinCheck treatment plan. The ClinCheck plan simulates appropriate tooth movement broken down into a series of two-week increments, and details timing and placement of any attachments that will be used during treatment. Attachments are tooth-colored “buttons” that are sometimes used to increase the biomechanical force on a specific tooth or teeth in order to effect the desired movement. The patient’s ClinCheck treatment plan is then made available to the prescribing dental professional via the Invisalign Doctor Site which enables the dental professional to project tooth movement with a level of accuracy not previously possible with metal arch wires and brackets. By reviewing and amending the treatment simulation, the dental professional retains control over the treatment plan. ClinCheck Pro is the next generation Invisalign treatment software tool, designed to provide more precise control over final tooth position and to help Invisalign providers achieve their treatment goals. This latest software innovation features interactive 3D controls that, for the first time, allow Invisalign providers to make adjustments to the position of individual teeth directly on the 3D model and to visualize the effects on the whole dentition in real time.

Construction of molds corresponding to each step of treatment. Upon the dental professional’s approval of the ClinCheck treatment plan, we use the data underlying the simulation, in conjunction with stereolithography technology, to construct a series of molds depicting the future position of the patient’s teeth. Each mold is a replica of the patient’s teeth at each two-week stage of the simulated course of treatment.

Manufacture of aligners and shipment to the dental professional. From these molds, aligners are fabricated by pressure-forming polymeric sheets over each mold. Aligners are thin, clear plastic, removable dental appliances that are custom manufactured in a series to correspond to each two-week stage of the ClinCheck animation. Aligners are generally worn for consecutive two-week periods which correspond to the approved ClinCheck treatment plan.  After two weeks of use, the patient replaces them with the next pair in the series, advancing tooth movement with each aligner stage. Throughout treatment, the doctor may place attachments or use other auxiliaries to achieve desired tooth movements, per the doctor’s original prescription and resulting ClinCheck treatment plan.

Retention.  Upon completion of the treatment, the patient may be prescribed our single clear retainer product or our Vivera Retainer product.  

4

Scanners and Services Segment

Although advancements have been made in materials used for taking dental impressions since their introduction one hundred years ago, the overall impression process has remained relatively unchanged. Shortcomings such as voids, pulls, and the general margin for error have remained inherent in conventional impressions, and subsequent retakes create unnecessary costs for a clinical practice. Intra-oral scanning is an emerging technology that we believe will have substantial impact on the future of dentistry. By enabling the dental practitioner to create a 3D image of the patient’s teeth using a handheld intra-oral scanner inside the mouth, intra-oral scanning is more efficient and precise and more comfortable for patients, compared to the mess, discomfort, and subjective nature of taking physical impressions. The digital model created with an intra-oral scanner is more accurate than a physical impression and substantially reduces the rate of restoration “remakes” so patients are recalled less often and the appointment time for the restoration is shorter because of fewer adjustments, which results in greater overall patient satisfaction.

As the only intra-oral scanner in the market based on parallel confocal imaging, the iTero intra-oral scanner utilizes laser and optical scanning to capture the contours of the patient’s dentition, gingival structures and the bite. iTero captures 100,000 points of laser light in perfect focus without the use of powder to coat the teeth, allowing for contact of the wand and tooth. The benefit of contact scanning for the clinician is that it eliminates the challenge of hovering over the teeth at a specific distance which can be complicated.  For the patient, they enjoy a more comfortable powder free experience which allows the clinician to provide a very comfortable patient centric experience. Within minutes, an accurate 3D digital impression can be viewed on the screen. The 3D digital model file can be used for various procedures and services including fabrication of physical dental models for use by labs to create restorative units such as veneers, inlays, onlays, crowns, bridges and implant abutments; Invisalign digital impression submission; digital records storage; orthodontic diagnosis; and orthodontic retainers and appliances.

The iTero intra-oral scanner consists of a mobile computer unit, display screen, control foot pedal and wand to scan and capture a patient’s dentition (full or partial dental arch). iTero software features include occlusal map, eraser tool, edge trim tool, real-time modeling and an option to submit scans for Invisalign treatment. iTero provides doctors and labs with an open choice to export generic digital files of their digital impression to use with other third party dental service providers. This allows the digital impression to integrate with cone beam CT images for implant and orthodontic treatment planning. In-office training on the system and features is provided after the unit is delivered to the practice.

Our Products and Services

Our net revenues are generated from the sale of the following product offerings:

	Fiscal Year
Percentage of Net Revenues by Product	2014		2013		2012
Invisalign Full Products	77	%	75	%	78	%
Invisalign Express Products	11		11		9
Invisalign Non-case*	6		7		5
Scanners and Services	6		7		8
Total net revenues	100	%	100	%	100	%

* Non-case net revenues include retainers, training revenues, and ancillary offerings under our Clear Aligner product lines

Clear Aligner Products

Invisalign Full. Used for a wide range of malocclusion, the Invisalign Full treatment consists of the number of aligners necessary to achieve the doctor’s treatment goals. Invisalign Full treatment aligners are manufactured and then delivered to the dental professionals in a single shipment.  Invisalign Full is sold in the U.S., Canada, and our international regions. The Invisalign Full product is included in "Invisalign Full Products."

Invisalign Teen. The Invisalign Teen treatment includes all the features of Invisalign Full treatment, plus additional features that address the orthodontic needs of teenage patients such as compliance indicators, compensation for tooth eruption and six free single arch replacement aligners. This product is predominantly marketed to orthodontists who treat the vast majority of malocclusion in teenage patients.  Invisalign Teen treatment aligners (other than the replacement aligners) are manufactured and

5

then delivered to the dental professionals in a single shipment. Invisalign Teen is sold in the U.S., Canada, and our international regions. The Invisalign Teen product is included in "Invisalign Full Products".

Invisalign Assist. Used for anterior alignment and aesthetically-oriented cases, the Invisalign Assist treatment offers added support to our dental practitioners throughout the treatment process, including progress tracking that allows the dental professional to submit new impressions every nine stages. When the progress tracking feature is selected, aligners are shipped to the dental professional after every nine stages thereby helping to achieve successful treatment outcomes. Predominantly marketed to GPs, Invisalign Assist is intended to make it easier to select appropriate cases for their experience level or treatment approach, submit cases more efficiently and manage appointments with suggested tasks. Invisalign Assist is sold in the U.S. and Canada. The Invisalign Assist product is included in "Invisalign Full Products".

Invisalign Express (10 and 5) and Invisalign Lite/i7. Invisalign Express treatment, Invisalign Lite treatment and Invisalign i7 treatment are lower-cost solutions for less complex orthodontic cases, non-comprehensive treatment relapse cases, or straightening prior to restorative or cosmetic treatments such as veneers. Invisalign Express 10 and Invisalign Express 5, which are sold in the U.S. and Canada, uses up to 10 and 5 sets of aligners, respectively. Invisalign Lite and Invisalign i7, sold in our international regions, uses up to 14 and 7 sets of aligners, respectively. For Invisalign Express/Lite/i7, aligners are manufactured and then delivered to the dental professionals in a single shipment. The Invisalign Express (10 and 5) products and Invisalign Lite /i7 products are included in "Invisalign Express Products".

Retention. We offer two products for post treatment retention. The first is a single set of custom clear aligner retainers. The second is offered as a set of four custom clear aligners called Vivera Retainers made with proprietary material strong enough to maintain tooth position and correct minor relapse if necessary. Each set of Vivera Retainers is intended to be used for three consecutive months and deliver one year of retention. Doctors can prescribe Vivera Retainers for their Invisalign and their non-Invisalign patients.

Invisalign non-case revenues. Invisalign non-case revenues represent retainer products discussed above, Invisalign training fees and sales of ancillary products, such as cleaning material and adjusting tools used by dental professionals during the course of treatment.

Feature Enhancements. We have consistently introduced enhanced features across the Invisalign System over the past several years, such as Invisalign G3 (launched in October 2010), Invisalign G4 (launched in November 2011), and Invisalign G5 (launched in February 2014). Most recently, in November 2014, we announced the upcoming release of Invisalign G6 clinical innovations for first premolar extraction. These feature enhancements are a collection of clinical innovations designed to address some of the most significant treatment challenges doctors encounter.

Invisalign G5 is our first set of innovations designed specifically as an integrated solution to enhance treatment predictability for deep bite, a specific type of malocclusion. Invisalign G5 feature enhancements include:

• Precision Cuts, which are custom mesial and distal hooks used to provide anchorage for elastics and button cutouts to accommodate buttons bonded to the tooth aimed to help treat patients with Class II and Class III malocclusion; and

• SmartForce features engineered to achieve more predictable tooth movements using custom optimized attachments and Power Ridges designed to provide additional force in cases where certain types of root movement are prescribed.

• Precision aligner bite ramps designed to disocclude the posterior teeth for improved efficiency in deep bite treatments.

Invisalign G6 is engineered to improve clinical outcomes for orthodontic treatment of severe crowding and bimaxillary protrusion. Invisalign G6 clinical innovations will be available to Invisalign-trained providers beginning in the first quarter of 2015 with limited commercialization, followed by full commercialization in Asia Pacific, Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America geographies throughout 2015 and North America in early 2016. Invisalign G6 feature enhancements include:

• New SmartStage programmed tooth movements that optimize the progression of tooth movements and provide aligner activation, engineered to eliminate unwanted tipping and unwanted anterior extrusion during retraction.

• New SmartForce features that are designed to deliver the force systems necessary to achieve predictable tooth movements. These new features include Optimized Retraction Attachments, designed to work with SmartStage technology for effective bodily movement during canine retraction, with or without elastics, and new Optimized Anchorage Attachments, designed to work with SmartStage technology to maximize posterior anchorage.

6

SmartTrack™ Aligner Material. SmartTrack, the next generation of Invisalign clear aligner material is a proprietary, custom-engineered material that delivers gentle, more constant force considered ideal for orthodontic tooth movements. Conventional aligner materials relax and lose a substantial percent of energy in the initial days of aligner wear, but SmartTrack maintains more constant force over the two weeks that a patient wears the aligners. The flexible SmartTrack material also more precisely conforms to tooth morphology, attachments, and interproximal spaces to improve control of tooth movement throughout treatment. SmartTrack became the new standard clear aligner material for Invisalign products in North America beginning January 2013 and in February 2013 for Europe and other international markets where we have obtained regulatory approval.

Scanners and Services Products

Scanners

iTero Scanner. The iTero scanner is available as a single hardware platform with software options for restorative or orthodontic procedures. The iTero scanner includes our innovative powderless technology and features a modern design, scanning wand and easy-to-use keyboard design with full color model rendering, enabling clinicians to show patients a life-like final model of their scanned dentition. We market and sell the iTero in North America and in select international markets.

The iTero scanner is interoperable with our Invisalign treatment such that a full arch digital scan can be submitted for the Invisalign case submission process treatment. In January 2014, we announced that we qualified the 3M™ True Definition scanner for use with Invisalign case submissions. This qualification enables Invisalign providers with a True Definition scanner to submit a digital impression in place of a traditional PVS impression as part of the Invisalign case submission process. We support an open systems approach to digital impressions and continue to work with intraoral scanning companies interested in developing interoperability for use with Invisalign treatment.

Restorative software for iTero. Software designed for GPs, prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons which includes features for restorative procedures commonly performed in their practices such as veneers, inlays, onlays, crowns, bridges and implants. The iTero restorative software provides the ability to scan quadrants and full arches, and allows simple powder-free capture of digital impressions for single-unit cases as well as more complex restorative and implant treatment plans. The iTero software also contains Invisalign interoperability to support clear aligner orthodontic treatment.

In the past year, we have expanded the digital workflow options to include several partnerships which provide our customers with a broader spectrum of CAD/CAM options. Connectivity partnership announcements include:

• IOS Technologies Inc, a wholly owned subsidiary of Glidewell Laboratories, provides the option to mill same-day restorations in the office.

• DENTSPLY Implants featuring connectivity with ATLANTIS™ custom abutments.

• Zimmer Dental, Inc. with connectivity with Zimmer Zfx custom abutments for implants.

Orthodontic software for iTero. Software designed for orthodontists for digital records storage, orthodontic diagnosis, Invisalign digital impression submission, and for the fabrication of printed models and retainers. The iTero orthodontic software digitally captures the contours of the dentition and the gingival structures, providing an accurate, powder-free digital orthodontic scan in just minutes. This digital impression procedure ensures a more comfortable patient experience and produces a precise scan that can be seamlessly integrated with Invisalign treatment, OrthoCAD iCast, and OrthoCAD iRecord which allows a doctor to utilize sophisticated measurement and treatment planning tools.

CAD/CAM Services

iTero Models and Dies. An accurate physical model and dies are manufactured based on the digital scan and sent to the laboratory of the dentist’s choice for completion of the needed restoration. The laboratory also has the option to export the digital file for immediate production of coping and full-contour restorations on their laboratory CAD/CAM systems. The laboratory conducts then completes the ceramic buildup or staining and glazing and delivers the end result - a precisely fitting restoration. iTero prosthetics have a near-zero remake rate.

OrthoCAD iCast. iCast provides a digital alternative to traditional stone cast models which allows for simplified storage and digital record retrieval. The iCast digital model contains a full American Board of Orthodontics ("ABO") base and is available from an iTero scan or from a traditional alginate impression.

7

OrthoCAD iRecord. iRecord provides a digital alternative to traditional stone cast models which allows for simplified storage and digital record retrieval. This simplified model without an ABO base is an economical option for record retention. iRecord is available exclusively from an iTero scan.

Chair Side Applications

Invisalign Outcome Simulator. In January 2013, we announced the commercial availability of the Invisalign Outcome Simulator, our first Invisalign chair-side application powered by the iTero scanner. The interactive application provides GPs and orthodontists an enhanced platform for patient education and is designed to increase treatment acceptance by helping patients visualize the benefits possible with Invisalign treatment. As the only Invisalign chair-side intra-oral scanning application on the market, the Invisalign Outcome Simulator's unique dual view layout shows a prospective patient an image of his/her own current dentition next to his/her simulated final position of how their teeth may look after Invisalign treatment. Using a full arch Invisalign scan, the Invisalign Outcome Simulator takes a few minutes to run and may be viewed chair-side, on the scanner, or from a computer using MyAlignTech.com. Intuitive tools allow doctors to make real-time adjustments to individual teeth during consultations that increase patient education and the likelihood of patient acceptance.

Our iTero scanner includes orthodontic software, restorative software, or both, and the Invisalign Outcome Simulator. The orthodontic or restorative software may also be purchased subsequently for an upgrade fee. The Invisalign Outcome Simulator is not available for sale separately.

Other proprietary software mentioned in this Annual Report on Form 10-K such as ClinCheck and ClinCheck Pro software, the Invisalign Doctor Site,and enhanced feature solutions such as Invisalign G5 are included as part of the Invisalign System and are not sold separately nor do they contribute as individual items of revenue.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to establish Invisalign clear aligners as the standard method for treating malocclusion and to establish the iTero intra-oral scanner as the preferred scanning protocol for 3D digital scans, ultimately driving increased product adoption by dental professionals. We intend to achieve this by continued focus and execution of our strategic growth drivers: Market Expansion, Doctor Preference, and Brand Strength.

1. Market Expansion. We expect to continue to grow and expand our business by investing in resources, infrastructure, and initiatives that will drive growth from both a geographic and market segment standpoint. From a geographic standpoint, we focus our efforts on expanding our sales territory coverage in all of our direct sales geographies, with particular emphasis in our highest growth areas such as Europe and the Asia Pacific region. We strive to make sure that our new geographies and our expanded territories internationally have everything they need from the products, to the support, to the people, in order to successfully establish Invisalign as the treatment of choice for orthodontics in each geographic market. From a market segment standpoint, we are focused on two important markets: adults and teenagers. We believe expansion in these two markets can be achieved through product innovations that can expand the types of indications our Invisalign products can treat, as well as by expanding the overall market for orthodontics, primarily with adults who would not otherwise seek treatment with traditional wires and brackets. We believe continued market expansion can be achieved by having the right products, services, and communications worldwide to give our doctors the confidence they need to treat with Invisalign more often and attract potential patients to their practice so they ask for Invisalign by name.

In parallel with these investments, we also engage in professional marketing, clinical support and education initiatives that support doctor practice development and facilitate the continued growth of their practices.

In our iTero scanner business, we leverage our combined sales and marketing resources to facilitate the adoption and penetration of each product into our doctors’ practices. Many of our customers recognize that having an iTero scanner at chair-side improves practice effectiveness for Invisalign as evidenced by higher Invisalign utilization rates among customers with an iTero scanner.

2. Doctor Preference.We want all of our doctors to have the confidence and motivation to lead with Invisalign for every patient that walks into their practice. We strive to achieve this by investing in two areas. First, continuing to improve product predictability and applicability for more complex cases thereby expanding the types of malocclusion that our Invisalign products can treat. As an example, we launched Invisalign G5 in February 2014, which represented our first set of features engineered specifically to treat deep bite malocclusion. We estimate that deep bite manifests itself in approximately 30% to 40% of the orthodontic cases treated worldwide depending on geography. We also recently

8

announced the upcoming release of Invisalign G6 clinical innovations for first premolar extractions. The nature of malocclusion that requires first premolar tooth extraction is an orthodontic problem that affects more than 50% of people in Asia, 20% in Europe and 12% in North America. Secondly, enhancing the customer’s experience by making it easier to treat with and integrate Invisalign into their practices. As an example, we launched ClinCheck Pro in February 2014, the next generation Invisalign treatment software tool, designed to simplify the treatment process and help our doctors achieve their treatment goals.

3. Brand Strength.Our goal is to make Invisalign a highly recognized name brand worldwide by creating awareness for Invisalign treatment among consumers and motiving potential patients to seek treatment from an Invisalign provider. In support of this objective, we invest in initiatives designed to strengthen our global brand name recognition and drive consumer purchase intent. We accomplish this objective through an integrated consumer marketing strategy that includes television, media, social networking and event marketing.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

Our manufacturing facilities are located in Juarez, Mexico, where we conduct our aligner fabrication, distribute and repair our scanners, perform our CAD/CAM services, and in Or Yehuda, Israel where we produce our handheld intra-oral scanner wand. The final assembly of our iTero scanner is performed by a third party manufacturer located in Israel. Our Invisalign digital treatment planning and interpretation for iTero restorative cases are conducted primarily at our facility located in San Jose, Costa Rica. Information regarding risks associated with our manufacturing process and foreign operations may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Our quality system is required to be in compliance with the Quality System regulations enforced by the FDA, and similar regulations enforced by other worldwide regulatory authorities. We are certified to EN ISO 13485:2003, an internationally recognized standard for medical device manufacturing. We have a formal, documented quality system by which quality objectives are defined, understood and achieved. Systems, processes and procedures are implemented to ensure high levels of product and service quality. We monitor the effectiveness of the quality system based on internal data and direct customer feedback and strive to continually improve our systems and processes, taking corrective action, as needed.

Since the manufacturing process of our products requires substantial and varied technical expertise, we believe that our manufacturing capabilities are important to our success.  In order to produce our highly customized, highly precise, medical quality products in volume, we have developed a number of proprietary processes and technologies. These technologies include complex software algorithms and solutions, CT scanning, stereolithography and automated aligner fabrication. To increase the efficiency of our manufacturing processes, we continue to focus our efforts on software development and the improvement of rate-limiting processes, or bottlenecks. We continuously upgrade our proprietary, three-dimensional treatment planning software to enhance computer analysis of treatment data and to reduce time spent on manual and judgmental tasks for each case, thereby increasing the efficiency of our technicians in Costa Rica. In addition, to improve efficiency and increase the scale of our operations, we continue to invest in the development of automated systems for the fabrication and packaging of aligners.

We are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials for our aligners, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intra-oral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies.  In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our intra-oral scanners are provided by single suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing all of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. The need to replace one of our single source suppliers could cause a disruption in our ability to timely deliver certain of our products or increase costs. See Item 1A Risk Factors — “We maintain single supply relationships for certain of our key machines and materials technologies, and our business andoperating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends or the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.”

Sales and Marketing

Our sales efforts are focused primarily on the Invisalign System and continuing to increase adoption and utilization by orthodontists and GPs worldwide. In North America, Europe and certain Asia Pacific country markets, we have direct sales and support organizations, which includes quota carrying sales representatives, sales management, and sales administration. 

Currently, we have several distribution partners that sell the Invisalign System in smaller non-core country markets in the EMEA, Asia Pacific and Latin America regions. We evaluate adding distribution partners in other non-core country markets on a case-by-case basis or assess modifying our current distribution agreements, as our international business grows. We continued

9

to expand in our existing markets through targeted investments in sales coverage, professional marketing and education programs, along with consumer marketing in selected country markets. In addition, given the significant long term potential the EMEA geography represents and the support we can now provide by utilizing our direct coverage model in Europe, beginning in February 2014, we began the transition of a small number of countries into direct sales regions. We continued the transition of additional smaller countries during the year which will continue through February 2015. We expect to leverage our existing infrastructure and resources to bring sales coverage and customer support to these countries, most of which are adjacent to our directly covered European countries. Due to the small volume of business from our EMEA distributor, we do not anticipate that this transition will have a material effect on our financial results in the next several years.

For the iTero scanner, we have a small team of direct sales representatives in North America. Our intra-oral scanner sales team leverages leads generated by our Invisalign sales and marketing resources, including customer events and industry trade-shows. We sell the iTero scanner in select country markets internationally and will look to grow the scanner business over time.

We market Invisalign by communicating the benefits of the Invisalign System to dental professionals through our training programs, online and traditional mail campaigns, trade shows, trade journals and print. We also promote the benefits of Invisalign through our integrated consumer marketing platform which combines traditional print and broadcast media with a balanced mix of public relations, event marketing, and social media. The goal of this platform is to raise awareness of Invisalign as the best options for a healthy, beautiful smile among adults and teenagers. In addition, our consumer marketing platform enables us to help prospective patients find a great Invisalign treatment practice that can meet their needs. For intra-oral scanners, in addition to leveraging Invisalign customer events and industry trade-shows to communicate the benefits of digital scanning to dental professionals, we also have training programs, educational websites and limited print advertising.

We provide training, marketing and clinical support to orthodontists and GPs. In 2014, we had approximately 43,340 active Invisalign providers.

Research and Development

We are committed to investing in world-class technology development, which we believe is critical to achieving our goal of establishing the Invisalign System as the standard method for treating malocclusion and our intra-oral scanning platform as the preferred scanning protocol for 3D digital scans. Our research and development expenses were $52.8 million, $44.1 million, and $42.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Our research and development activities are directed toward developing the technology innovations that we believe will deliver our next generation of products and platforms. Our research and development activities range from accelerating product and clinical innovation, to developing manufacturing process improvements, to researching future technologies and products.

In an effort to demonstrate Invisalign’s broad treatment capabilities, various clinical case studies and articles have been published that highlight the clinical applicability of Invisalign to malocclusion cases, including those of severe complexity. We undertake pre-commercialization trials and testing of our technological improvements to the product and manufacturing process.

Intellectual Property

We believe our intellectual property position represents a substantial business advantage. As of December 31, 2014, we had 352 issued U.S. patents, 97 pending U.S. patent applications, and 257 foreign issued patents, as well as 108 pending foreign patent applications.

We continue to pursue further intellectual property protection through U.S. and foreign patent applications and non-disclosure agreements. We also seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws. We cannot be certain that patents will be issued as a result of any patent application or that patents that have been issued to us or that may be issued in the future will be found to be valid and enforceable and sufficient to protect our technology or products. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. laws.  Our inability to protect our proprietary information could harm our business. Information regarding risks associated with failing to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

10

Seasonal Fluctuations

General economic conditions impact our business and financial results, and we experience seasonal trends related to our two operating segments, customer channels and the geographic locations that we serve. For example, European sales of Invisalign treatment are often weaker in the summer months due to our customers and their patients being on holiday. In North America, summer is typically the busiest season for orthodontists with practices that have a high percentage of adolescent and teenage patients as many parents want to get their teenagers started in treatment before the start of the school year; however, many GPs are on vacation during this time and therefore tend to start fewer cases. For our Scanner segment, capital equipment sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. Consequently, these seasonal trends have caused and may continue to cause, fluctuations in our quarterly results, including fluctuations in sequential revenue growth rates.

Backlog

Due to the individualized nature of an Invisalign treatment which is prescribed by a doctor, no two cases are alike, and we maintain relatively low levels of backlog. The period from which a treatment data package (or “a case”) is received until the acceptance of the digital ClinCheck treatment plan is dependent on the dental professional’s discretion to modify, accept or cancel the treatment plan. Therefore, we consider the case a firm order to manufacture aligners once the dental professional has approved the ClinCheck treatment plan. Our Invisalign backlog consists of ClinCheck treatment plans that have been accepted but not yet shipped.  Because aligners are shipped shortly after the ClinCheck treatment plan has been accepted, we believe that backlog is not a good indicator of future Invisalign sales. Our quarterly Invisalign revenues can be impacted by the timing of the ClinCheck treatment plan acceptances and our ability to ship those cases in the same quarter.  We define our intra-oral scanner backlog as orders where payment is reasonably assured and credit and financing is approved but the scanner has not yet shipped. Our intra-oral scanner backlog as of December 31, 2014 was not material.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive market and we encounter a wide variety of competitors, including larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. We also face competition from early stage companies. Although the number of competitors varies by segment, currently our products compete directly against products manufactured and distributed by various companies, both within and outside the U.S., including Danaher Corporation, 3M, Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. and Dentsply International, Inc. Information regarding risks associated with increased competition may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Key competitive factors include:

• effectiveness of treatment;

• price;

• software features;

• aesthetic appeal of the treatment method;

• customer support;

• customer online interface;

• brand awareness;

• innovation;

• distribution network;

• comfort associated with the treatment method;

• oral hygiene;

• ease of use; and

• dental professionals’ chair time.

We believe that our products compare favorably with our competitors’ products with respect to each of these factors.

11

Government Regulation

In order for us to market our products, we must obtain regulatory authorization and comply with extensive product and quality system regulations. These regulations, including the requirements for approvals or clearance and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Failure to obtain regulatory approval and to meet all local requirements including language and specific safety standards in any country in which we currently market or plan to market our products could prevent us from marketing products in such countries or subject us to sanctions and fines. The approval by government authorities is unpredictable and uncertain and may not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Delays in receipt of, or a failure to receive, such approvals or clearances, or the loss of any previously received approvals or clearances, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We believe we are in compliance with all FDA, federal and state laws and International regulatory requirements that are applicable to our products and manufacturing operations. Country-specific regulatory framework and requirements are highlighted in the following examples:

U.S.

In the U.S., the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act ("FDA Act") and its subsequent amendments, and the regulations, provide the FDA with authority over medical devices and the research, clinical testing, manufacture, labeling, distribution, sale, and promotion of such devices. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes (Class I, II or III). The class to which the device is assigned determines, among other things, the type of pre-marketing submission/application required for market authorization. Our Invisalign aligners and intra-oral scanners are classified as Class II medical devices and we have obtained applicable 510(k) clearances for our marketed products.

The FDA Act also requires manufactured devices to comply with applicable Quality System Regulations which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us with respect to design, development, manufacturing and quality assurance activities, including the reporting of adverse experiences with the use of the device. We are subject to unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities to determine compliance with applicable regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. Labeling and promotion activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain instances, by the Federal Trade Commission. The FDA actively enforces regulations prohibiting marketing of products for unapproved uses. Noncompliance with applicable requirements can result in, among other things, warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, failure of the government to grant pre-market clearance or approval for devices, withdrawal of marketing approvals, and criminal prosecution. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us.

European Union

The member states of the European Union ("EU") have adopted the European Medical Device Directives (MDD 93/42/EEC) that form a single set of medical device regulations for all EU member countries. The MDD defines the quality system, safety, and performance requirements to be met by manufacturers for their products, called the Essential Requirements. Certification to ISO 13485, an international standard for quality management systems, demonstrates compliance with the quality system requirements outlined in the MDD. Our Quality Management System is ISO 13485 certified by the British Standards Institute, an approved full scope Notified Body (as defined in the regulations).

Canada

In Canada, the system of approval for medical devices is governed by the Medical Device Regulations of the Department of Justice (SOR/98-282), including quality system requirements based on ISO 13485, facility registration, and device licensing. The scope of our Quality Management System certification includes the additional requirements defined by Health Canada.

Japan

In Japan, the Ministry of Health, Labour, and Welfare (MHLW), regulates medical devices under the Pharmaceutical Affairs Law ("PAL"). Manufacturers with no local presence in Japan must appoint a Marketing Authorization Holder ("MAH") to manage their device registration process and liaise with the Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Agency ("PMDA"), Japan’s medical device market regulator. Manufacturers of Class II, III and IV devices must implement a quality system compliant with the PAL and MHLW Ordinance #169 (Japan QMS Regulation) and submit QMS Conformity Assessment Application. The scope of our

12

Quality Management System certification includes the additional requirements defined by PAL and Invisalign has been authorized for sale.

China

In China, the China Food and Drug Administration ("CFDA") regulates medical devices. The device classification process in China differs significantly from those in the EU and the U.S., and approval of the medical device in the country of origin is required before beginning the registration process. Compliance with U.S. FDA Quality System Requirements and/or ISO 13485 will satisfy CFDA quality management system requirements. CFDA has approved our submission for Invisalign.

Other Government Oversight

We are also subject to various laws inside and outside the U.S. concerning our relationships with healthcare professionals and government officials, price reporting and regulation, the promotion, sales and marketing of our products and services, the importation and exportation of our products, the operation of our facilities and distribution of our products. As a global company, we are subject to varying degrees of government regulation in the various countries in which we do business, and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent oversight and enforcement. Initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies, and the private sector to limit the growth of healthcare expenses generally are ongoing in markets where we do business. It is not possible to predict at this time the long-term impact of such cost containment measures on our future business.

Our customers are healthcare providers that may be reimbursed by federally funded programs such as Medicaid or a foreign national healthcare program, each of which may offer some degree of oversight. Many government agencies, both domestic and foreign, have increased their enforcement activities with respect to healthcare providers and companies in recent years. Enforcement actions and associated defense can be expensive, and any resulting findings carry the risk of significant civil and criminal penalties. For example, the U.S. Federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act went into effect in 2014 which requires public transparency of transfers of value to physicians.

We are also subject to numerous data protection requirements that span from individual state and national laws in the US to multinational requirements in the EU. In the U.S., final regulations implementing amendments to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) became effective in the latter part of 2013 with the HIPAA Omnibus Rule. The EU is currently considering a proposal to enact legislation governing data protection which would transform the current mix of European countries’ laws to one overarching multinational law. Meanwhile, the Asia Pacific region has also seen rapid development of privacy laws, including in Singapore, Hong Kong, and Australia. We believe we have designed our product and service offerings to be compliant with the requirements of applicable data protection laws and regulations. Maintaining systems that are compliant with these laws and regulations is costly and could require complex changes in the way we do business or provide services to our customers and their patients. Additionally, our success may be dependent on the success of healthcare providers in managing data protection requirements.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately 3,580 employees, including 2,320 in manufacturing and operations, 730 in sales and marketing which includes customer care, 260 in research and development and 270 in general and administrative functions.

Available Information

Our website is located at www.aligntech.com, and our investor relations website is located at http://investor.aligntech.com.  The information on or accessible through our websites is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our annual stockholders’ meeting and amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such material with the SEC. Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at www.sec.gov.

13

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of February 26, 2015:

Name	Age	Position
Thomas M. Prescott	59	President and Chief Executive Officer
David L. White	59	Chief Financial Officer
Jennifer M. Erfurth	45	Vice President, Global Human Resources
Roger E. George	49	Vice President, Corporate and Legal Affairs and General Counsel
John P. Graham	46	Vice President, Marketing and Chief Marketing Officer
Timothy A. Mack	56	Vice President, Business Development
Raphael Pascaud	43	Vice President, International
Christopher C. Puco	54	Vice President, North American Sales
Zelko Relic	50	Vice President, Research & Development
Emory M. Wright	45	Vice President, Operations

Thomas M. Prescott has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since March 2002.  Prior to joining us, Mr. Prescott was President and Chief Executive Officer of Cardiac Pathways, Inc., a publicly-traded medical device company, from May 1999 until its acquisition by Boston Scientific in August 2001. Mr. Prescott then worked as a consultant for Boston Scientific Corporation until January 2002.  Prior to working at Cardiac Pathways, Mr. Prescott held various sales, general management and executive roles at Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc. from April 1994 to May 1999.

David L. White has served as our Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") since August 2013.  Prior to joining us, Mr. White was CFO of Enecsys, Ltd., a privately-held supplier of solar micro inverters and monitoring systems from June 2012. Prior to Enecsys, he was Executive Vice President and CFO at NVIDIA Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company known for its development of advanced graphics and high performance computing processors from February 2009 to June 2011. Prior to NVIDIA, he was Executive Vice President of Finance and CFO at SANMINA-SCI Corporation, which provides contract design, supply chain, and manufacturing services from 2004 to 2009. He also served as CFO at Asyst Technologies Corporation, CEO at Candescent Technologies Corporation, and Senior Vice President of Finance at Connor Peripherals.

Jennifer M. Erfurth has served as our Vice President, Global Human Resources since October 2012. Prior to joining us, Ms. Erfurth was Senior Vice President of Shared Services at Dyno Nobel, Inc., a manufacturer and supplier of industrial explosives, from July 2011 to July 2012, and was Vice President, Human Resources for Federal Signal Corporation prior to that. From 2001 to 2010, Ms. Erfurth held positions of increasing responsibility at Schawk, Inc., most recently as Global Senior Vice President of Human Resources, a position she held from 2007 until her departure in 2010. Earlier in her career, she served as Director of Human Resources at CINTAS Corporation and World Color.

Roger E. George has served as our Vice President, Corporate and Legal Affairs and General Counsel since July 2002.  Prior to joining us, Mr. George was the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and Legal Affairs and General Counsel of SkyStream Networks, a privately held broadband and broadcast network equipment company.  Prior to SkyStream, Mr. George was a partner at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. in Palo Alto, California.

John P. Graham has served as our Vice President, Marketing and Chief Marketing Officer since July 2013. From 2011 until he joined us, Mr. Graham was Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer at GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare, a global healthcare company. Prior to GlaxoSmithKline, he was with Johnson & Johnson for 15 years in multiple marketing leadership roles, including Vice President, U.S. Marketing for Johnson & Johnson Vision Care.

Timothy A. Mack has served as our Vice President, Marketing and Business Development since May 2012. He served as Vice President, Business Development since our acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. in April 2011.  At Cadent, he was President and Chief Executive Officer since 2009.  He joined Cadent in 2005, as Executive Vice President & General Manager where he led the introduction and adoption of Cadent’s new 3D digital imaging technology into the market.  Prior to Cadent, Mr. Mack was Vice President and General Manager of DENTSPLY Ceramco, a wholly-owned subsidiary of DENTSPLY International.  Prior to DENTSPLY, Mr. Mack held a series of management positions in the U.S. and Europe within Consumer Electronics and Medical Imaging Divisions at Eastman Kodak Company.

14

Raphael Pascaud was appointed Vice President, International in January 2014. He joined Align in 2010 as Vice President and Managing Director for the Europe, Middle East and Africa Region, ("EMEA"). Prior to Align, Mr. Pascaud spent 14 years in various management positions within DePuy, a Johnson & Johnson family of companies, including Vice President Orthopedics of EMEA and Vice President Marketing of International. 

Christopher C. Puco has served as our Vice President, North America Sales since December 2012. He joined Align in 2006 as a sales director and in 2008 became senior director for the Eastern sales area. Most recently, as Vice President of Sales Strategy, he led Align's go-to-market strategy and managed the integration of the North American scanner and CAD/CAM services sales organization.  Mr. Puco has more than 20 years of experience in the medical device industry, holding sales management positions in both starts-ups and established corporate environments. Prior to Align, he was with United States Surgical Corporation, General Surgical Innovations, Baxter BioSurgery and Fusion Medical Technologies.

Zelko Relic was appointed Vice President, Research & Development in December 2013. Prior to joining Align, Mr. Relic was Vice President, Engineering for Datalogic Automation, a global leader in automatic data capture and industrial automation markets from 2012. Mr. Relic was previously Vice President, Engineering at Danaher Corporation, Accu-Sort Systems business from 2010 to 2012 before it was acquired by Datalogic Automation. From 2005 to 2010, he was at Siemens Medical Solutions USA, most recently as Vice President, and from 2002 to 2004 he held senior management positions in engineering at Kulicke & Soffa Industries, designers and manufactures of semiconductor products. He also held management positions at KLA-Tencor, manufacturer of metrology tools from 1994 to 2000.

Emory M. Wright has served as our Vice President, Operations since December 2007.  He has been with us since March 2000, predominantly in manufacturing and operations roles.  Previously, Mr. Wright served as Vice President, Manufacturing and, most recently, was General Manager of New Product Development.  Prior to joining us, Mr. Wright was Senior Manufacturing Manager at Metrika, Inc. a medical device manufacturer, from May 1999 to March 2000.  From July 1994 to May 1999, Mr. Wright served as Manager of Manufacturing and Process Development for Metra Biosystems Inc.

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS

We depend on the sale of the Invisalign system for the vast majority of our net revenues, and any decline in sales of Invisalign treatment for any reason, a continued weakness in general economic conditions, or a decline in average selling prices would adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income.

We expect that net revenues from the sale of the Invisalign System, primarily Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen, will continue to account for the vast majority of our total net revenues for the foreseeable future. Continued and widespread market acceptance of Invisalign by orthodontists, GPs and consumers is critical to our future success. If orthodontists and GPs experience a reduction in consumer demand for orthodontic services, if consumers prove unwilling to adopt Invisalign as rapidly as we anticipate or in the volume that we anticipate, if orthodontists or GPs choose to use a competitive product rather than Invisalign or if the average selling price of our product declines, our operating results would be harmed.

Demand for our products may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors including a weakness in general economic conditions.

Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, gas prices, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and certain international economies or an uncertain economic outlook would adversely affect consumer spending habits which may, among other things, result in a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic case starts, reduced patient traffic in dentists’ offices, reduction in consumer spending on higher value procedures or a reduction in the demand for dental services generally, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our sales and operating results. Weakness in the global economy results in a challenging environment for selling dental technologies and dentists may postpone investments in capital equipment, such as intra-oral scanners. In addition, Invisalign treatment, which currently accounts for the vast majority of our net revenues, represents a significant change from traditional orthodontic treatment, and customers and consumers may be reluctant to accept it or may not find it preferable to traditional treatment. We have generally received positive feedback from orthodontists, GPs and consumers regarding Invisalign treatment as both an alternative to braces and as a clinical method for the treatment of malocclusion, but a number of dental professionals believe that the Invisalign treatment is appropriate for only a limited percentage of their patients. Increased market acceptance of all of our products will depend in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including effectiveness, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics, and price compared to competing products.

15

The frequency of use of the Invisalign system by orthodontists or GPs may not increase at the rate that we anticipate or at all.

One of our key objectives is to continue to increase utilization, or the adoption and frequency of use, of the Invisalign System by new and existing customers. If utilization of the Invisalign System by our existing and newly trained orthodontists or GPs does not occur or does not occur as quickly as we anticipate, our operating results could be harmed.

We may experience declines in average selling prices of our products which may decrease our net revenues.

We provide volume based discount programs to our doctors. In addition, we sell a number of products at different list prices. If we introduce any price reductions or consumer rebate programs; if we expand our discount programs in the future or participation in these programs increases; if our product mix shifts to lower priced products or products that have a higher percentage of deferred revenue our average selling prices would be adversely affected and our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin and net income may be reduced. Furthermore, although the U.S. dollar is our reporting currency, a portion of our net revenues and net income are generated in foreign currencies. Net revenues and net income generated by subsidiaries operating outside of the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective during the respective period and are affected by changes in exchange rates. As a result, negative movements in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will adversely affect our average selling price and consequently the amount of net revenues and net income in our consolidated financial statements.

As we continue to grow, we are subject to growth related risks, including risks related to excess or constrained capacity at our existing facilities.

We are subject to growth related risks, including excess or constrained capacity and pressure on our internal systems and personnel.  In order to manage current operations and future growth effectively, we will need to continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and management information systems and to hire, train, motivate, manage and retain employees. We may be unable to manage such growth effectively. Any such failure could have a material adverse impact on our business, operations and prospects. 

 Because we cannot immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market conditions, our manufacturing capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. In addition, if product demand decreases or we fail to forecast demand accurately, we could be required to write off inventory or record excess capacity charges, which would lower our gross margin. Any or all of these problems could result in the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and otherwise harm our business and financial results.

If we fail to sustain or increase profitability or revenue growth in future periods, the market price for our common stock may decline.

If we are to sustain or increase profitability in future periods, we will need to continue to increase our net revenues, while controlling our expenses. Because our business is evolving, it is difficult to predict our future operating results or levels of growth, and we have in the past not been and may in the future not be able to sustain our historical growth rates. If we do not increase profitability or revenue growth or otherwise meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock will likely decline.

Our financial results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future which may cause volatility in our stock price.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and we expect our future quarterly and annual operating results to fluctuate as we focus on increasing doctor and consumer demand for our products. These fluctuations could cause our stock price to decline or significantly fluctuate. Some of the factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

• limited visibility into and difficulty predicting the level of activity in our customers’ practices from quarter to quarter;

• weakness in consumer spending as a result of the slowdown in the U.S. economy and global economies;

• changes in relationships with our distributors;

• changes in the timing of receipt of Invisalign case product orders during a given quarter which, given our cycle time and the delay between case receipts and case shipments, could have an impact on which quarter revenue can be recognized;

• fluctuations in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar;

• changes in product mix;

16

• our inability to predict from period to period the number of trainers or the availability of doctors required to complete intra-oral scanner installations, which may impact the timing of when revenue is recognized;

• if participation in our customer rebate program increases our average selling price will be adversely affected;

• seasonal fluctuations in the number of doctors in their offices and their availability to take appointments;

• success of or changes to our marketing programs from quarter to quarter;

• our reliance on our contract manufacturers for the production of sub-assemblies for our intra-oral scanners;

• timing of industry tradeshows;

• changes in the timing of when revenue is recognized, including as a result of the introduction of new products or promotions, modifications to our terms and conditions or as a result of changes to critical accounting estimates or new accounting pronouncements;

• changes to our effective tax rate;

• unanticipated delays in production caused by insufficient capacity or availability of raw materials;

• any disruptions in the manufacturing process, including unexpected turnover in the labor force or the introduction of new production processes, power outages or natural or other disasters beyond our control;

• the development and marketing of directly competitive products by existing and new competitors;

• major changes in available technology or the preferences of customers may cause our current product offerings to become less competitive or obsolete;

• aggressive price competition from competitors;

• costs and expenditures in connection with litigation;

• the timing of new product introductions by us and our competitors, as well as customer order deferrals in anticipation of enhancements or new products;

• disruptions to our business due to political, economic or other social instability, including the impact of an epidemic any of which results in changes in consumer spending habits, consumers unable or unwilling to visit the orthodontist or general practitioners office, as well as any impact on workforce absenteeism;

• inaccurate forecasting of net revenues, production and other operating costs; and

• investments in research and development to develop new products and enhancements.

To respond to these and other factors, we may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy, business structure or operations. Most of our expenses, such as employee compensation and lease payment obligations, are relatively fixed in the short term. Moreover, our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations regarding future revenue levels. As a result, if our net revenues for a particular period fall below our expectations, whether caused by changes in consumer spending, consumer preferences, weakness in the U.S. or global economies, changes in customer behavior related to advertising and prescribing our product, or other factors, we may be unable to adjust spending quickly enough to offset any shortfall in net revenues. Due to these and other factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.

Our future success may depend on our ability to develop, successfully introduce and achieve market acceptance of new products.

Our future success may depend on our ability to develop, manufacture, market, and obtain regulatory approval or clearance of new products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop, sell and achieve market acceptance of these and other new products and applications and enhanced versions of our existing product or software. The extent of, and rate at which, market acceptance and penetration are achieved by future products is a function of many variables, which include, among other things, our ability to:

17

• correctly identify customer needs and preferences and predict future needs and preferences;

• include functionality and features that address customer requirements;

• ensure compatibility of our computer operating systems and hardware configurations with those of our customers;

• allocate our research and development funding to products with higher growth prospects;

• anticipate and respond to our competitors’ development of new products and technological innovations;

• differentiate our offerings from our competitors’ offerings;

• innovate and develop new technologies and applications;

• the availability of third-party reimbursement of procedures using our products;

• obtain adequate intellectual property rights; and

• encourage customers to adopt new technologies.

If we fail to accurately predict customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may invest heavily in research and development of products that do not lead to significant revenue. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new products and produce enhancements, we may incur substantial costs in doing so, and our profitability may suffer.  In addition, even if our new products are successfully introduced, it is unlikely that they will rapidly gain market share and acceptance primarily due to the relatively long period of time it takes to successfully treat a patient with Invisalign. Since it takes approximately 12 to 24 months to treat a patient, our customers may be unwilling to rapidly adopt our new products until they successfully complete at least one case or until more historical clinical results are available.

Our ability to market and sell new products may also be subject to government regulation, including approval or clearance by the FDA, and foreign government agencies. Any failure in our ability to successfully develop and introduce or achieve market acceptance of our new products or enhanced versions of existing products could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and could cause our net revenues to decline.

A disruption in the operations of our primary freight carrier or higher shipping costs could cause a decline in our net revenues or a reduction in our earnings.

We are dependent on commercial freight carriers, primarily UPS, to deliver our products to our customers. If the operations of these carriers are disrupted for any reason, we may be unable to deliver our products to our customers on a timely basis. If we cannot deliver our products in an efficient and timely manner, our customers may reduce their orders from us and our net revenues and operating profits could materially decline. In a rising fuel cost environment, our freight costs will increase. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to pass that increase along to our customers for any reason or otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be adversely affected.

We are dependent on our international operations, which exposes us to foreign operational, political and other risks that may harm our business.

Our key production steps are performed in operations located outside of the U.S.  At our facility in San Jose, Costa Rica, technicians use a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program to prepare digital treatment plans, which are then transmitted electronically to Juarez, Mexico. These digital files form the basis of the ClinCheck treatment plan and are used to manufacture aligner molds. Our order acquisition, aligner fabrication and shipping operations are conducted in Juarez, Mexico. In addition to the research and development efforts conducted in our San Jose, California facility, we also carry out research and development at locations in Moscow, Russia. In addition, our customer-care, accounts receivable, credit and collections and customer event registration organizations are located at our facility in San Jose, Costa Rica. We also have operations in Israel where the design and wand assembly and our intra-oral scanner are manufactured. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to risks and uncertainties that may affect our business or results of operation, including:

• difficulties in hiring and retaining employees generally, as well as difficulties in hiring and retaining employees with the necessary skills to perform the more technical aspects of our operations;

• difficulties in managing international operations, including any travel restrictions to or from our facilities located in Russia and Israel;

18

• fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

• increased income taxes, and other restrictions and limitations, if we were to decide to repatriate any of our foreign cash balances back to the U.S.;

• import and export license requirements and restrictions;

• controlling production volume and quality of the manufacturing process;

• political, social and economic instability, including as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico or the Middle East. We cannot predict the effect on us of any future armed conflict, political instability or violence in these regions. In addition, some of our employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and are subject to being called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. We cannot predict the full impact of these conditions on us in the future, particularly if emergency circumstances or an escalation in the political situation occurs. If many of our employees are called for active duty, our operations in Israel and our business may not be able to function at full capacity;

• acts of terrorism and acts of war;

• geopolitical risks around the Ukraine and the possibility of additional sanctions against Russia which continue to bring uncertainty to this region;

• interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services;

• product or material transportation delays or disruption, including as a result of increased levels of violence, acts of terrorism, acts of war or health epidemics restricting travel to and from our international locations or as a result of natural disasters, such as earthquakes or volcanic eruptions;

• burdens of complying with a wide variety of local country and regional laws;

• trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; and

• potential adverse tax consequences.

If any of these risks materialize in the future, we could experience production delays and lost or delayed revenue.

We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales and face risks attendant to those operations.

We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales generated through our foreign direct and indirect operations. As a result of these sales operations, we face a variety of risks, including:

• local political and economic instability;

• the engagement of activities by our employees, contractors, partners and agents, especially in countries with developing economies, that are prohibited by international and local trade and labor laws and other laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act of 2010 and export control laws, in spite of our policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws;

• although it is our intention to indefinitely reinvest earnings outside the U.S., restrictions on the transfer of funds held by our foreign subsidiaries, including with respect to restrictions on our ability to repatriate foreign cash to the U.S at favorable tax rates;

• fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and

• increased expense of developing, testing and making localized versions of our products.

Any of these factors, either individually or in combination, could materially impact our international operations and adversely affect our business as a whole.

19

A key step in our manufacturing process relies on sophisticated computer technology that requires new technicians to undergo a relatively long training process. If we are unable to accurately predict our volume growth, and fail to hire a sufficient number of technicians in advance of such demand, the delivery time of our products could be delayed which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Training production technicians takes approximately 90 to 120 days. As a result, if we are unable to accurately predict our volume growth, we may not have a sufficient number of trained technicians to deliver our products within the timeframe our customers expect. Such a delay could cause us to lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers. This could cause a decline in our net revenues and net income and could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our headquarters, digital dental modeling processes, and other manufacturing processes are principally located in regions that are subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters.

Our digital dental modeling is processed in our facility located in San Jose, Costa Rica. The operations team in Costa Rica creates ClinCheck treatment plans using sophisticated computer software. In addition, our customer facing operations are located in Costa Rica. Our aligner molds and finished aligners are fabricated in Juarez, Mexico. Both locations in Costa Rica and Mexico are in earthquake zones and may be subject to other natural disasters. If there is a major earthquake or any other natural disaster in a region where one of these facilities is located, our ability to create ClinCheck treatment plans, respond to customer inquiries or manufacture and ship our aligners could be compromised which could result in our customers experiencing a significant delay in receiving their completed aligners and a decrease in service levels for a period of time. In addition, our headquarters facility in California is located in the San Francisco Bay Area. An earthquake or other natural disaster in this region could result in a disruption in our operations. Any such business interruption could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our information technology systems are critical to our business. System integration and implementation issues and system security risks could disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.

We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems. All information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources. As our business has grown in size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our information technology systems. To effectively manage this growth, our information systems and applications require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards and changing customer preferences. We are in the process of implementing a multi-year, company-wide program to transform certain business processes or extend established processes, including the transition to a single enterprise resource planning ("ERP") software system to perform various functions. The implementation of additional functionality in the ERP system entails certain risks, including difficulties with changes in business processes that could disrupt our operations, such as our ability to track orders and timely ship products, manage our supply chain and aggregate financial and operational data. During transitions we must continue to rely on legacy information systems, which may be costly or inefficient, while the implementation of new initiatives may not achieve the anticipated benefits and may divert management's attention from other operational activities, negatively affect employee morale, or have other unintended consequences. Additionally, if we are not able to accurately forecast expenses and capitalized costs related to the project, this may have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

 If the information we rely upon to run our businesses were to be found to be inaccurate or unreliable, if we fail to properly maintain our information systems and data integrity, or if we fail to develop new capabilities to meet our business needs in a timely manner, we could have operational disruptions, have customer disputes, lose our ability to produce timely and accurate reports, have regulatory or other legal problems, have increases in operating and administrative expenses, lose existing customers, have difficulty in attracting new customers or in implementing our growth strategies, or suffer other adverse consequences. In addition, experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Furthermore, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we either internally develop or procure from third parties which we depend upon may contain defects in design and manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that can unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. The costs to eliminate or alleviate security problems, viruses and bugs could be significant, and the efforts to address these problems could result in interruptions that may have a material adverse impact on our operations, net revenues and operating results.

System upgrades and enhancements require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable employee resources. Delays in integration or disruptions to our business from implementation of these new or upgraded systems could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

20

Additionally, we continuously upgrade our customer facing software applications, specifically the ClinCheck and MyAligntech software. Software applications frequently contain errors or defects, especially when they are first introduced or when new versions are released. The discovery of a defect or error or the incompatibility with the computer operating system and hardware configurations of customers in a new upgraded version or the failure of our primary information systems may result in the following consequences, among others: loss of revenue or delay in market acceptance, damage to our reputation or increased service costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Furthermore, our business requires the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Because of the confidential health information we store and transmit, security breaches could expose us to a risk of regulatory action, litigation, possible liability and loss. Our security measures may be inadequate to prevent security breaches, and our business operations and profitability would be adversely affected by, among other things, loss of customers and potential criminal and civil sanctions if they are not prevented.

There can be no assurance that our process of improving existing systems, developing new systems to support our expanding operations, integrating new systems, protecting confidential patient information, and improving service levels will not be delayed or that additional systems issues will not arise in the future. Failure to adequately protect and maintain the integrity of our information systems and data may result in a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Competition in the markets for our products is intense and we expect aggressive competition from existing competitors and other companies that may introduce new technologies in the future.

Currently, our products compete directly against products manufactured and distributed by various companies, both within and outside the U.S. Many of these manufacturers, including Danaher Corporation, 3M, Sirona Dental Systems, Inc. and Dentsply International, have substantially greater financial resources and manufacturing and marketing experience than we do and may, in the future, attempt to develop an orthodontic system similar to ours or combine technologies that make our product economically unattractive. The expiration of certain key patents commencing in 2017 owned by us may result in additional competition. Large consumer product companies may also enter the orthodontic supply market. Furthermore, we may face competition in the future from new companies that may introduce new technologies. We may be unable to compete with these competitors and one or more of these competitors may render our technology obsolete or economically unattractive.  If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products or respond effectively to any products developed by new or existing competitors, our business could be harmed. Increased competition has resulted in the past and may in the future result in volume discounting and price reductions, reduced gross margins, reduced profitability and loss of market share, and reduce dental professionals’ efforts and commitment to expand their use of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our net revenues, volume growth, net income and stock price. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If the security of our customer and patient information is compromised, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable for related damages, and our reputation could be impaired.

We retain confidential customer and patient information in our processing centers. Therefore, it is critical that our facilities and infrastructure remain secure and that our facilities and infrastructure are perceived by the marketplace and our customers to be secure. Despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. If we fail to meet our clients’ expectations regarding the security of healthcare information, we could be liable for damages and our reputation could be impaired. In addition, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable if our systems fail to deliver correct information in a timely manner. Our insurance may not protect us from this risk.

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed.  Litigating claims of this type is costly and could distract our management and cause a decline in our results of operations and stock price.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to maintain existing intellectual property and to obtain and maintain further intellectual property protection for our products, both in the U.S. and in other countries. Our inability to do so could harm our competitive position. As of December 31, 2014, we had issued 352 U.S. patents, 97 pending U.S. patent applications, and 257 foreign issued patents, and 108 pending foreign patent applications.

We intend to rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other countries to protect a large part of our intellectual property and our competitive position; however, our currently pending or future patent filings may not result in the issuance of patents. Additionally, any patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable,

21

circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products. In addition, any protection afforded by foreign patents may be more limited than that provided under U.S. patents and intellectual property laws. We also rely on protection of our copyrights, trade secrets, know-how and proprietary information. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and our collaborative partners upon commencement of a relationship with us; however, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information, and adequate remedies may not exist if unauthorized use or disclosure were to occur. Our inability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology through patents, copyrights or trade secrets would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and future growth prospects. In particular, a failure to protect our proprietary rights might allow competitors to copy our technology, which could adversely affect our pricing and market share. In addition, in an effort to protect our intellectual property we have in the past been and may in the future be involved in litigation. The potential effects on our business operations resulting from litigation that we may participate in the future, whether or not ultimately determined in our favor or settled by us, are costly and divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from normal business operations.

Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable rulings could occur. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages or, in cases where injunctive relief is sought, an injunction prohibiting us from selling our products. Any of these results from our litigation could adversely affect our results of operations and stock price.

While we believe we currently have adequate internal control over financial reporting, we are required to assess our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis and any future adverse results from such assessment could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.

Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, we are required to furnish in our Form 10-K a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report includes, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management. While we believe our internal control over financial reporting is currently effective, the effectiveness of our internal controls in future periods is subject to the risk that our controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, and, as a result, the degree of compliance of our internal control over financial reporting with the existing policies or procedures may become ineffective. Establishing, testing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting requires significant resources and time commitments on the part of our management and our finance staff, may require additional staffing and infrastructure investments, and would increase our costs of doing business. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in any future period (or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls or conclude that our internal controls are ineffective), we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.

If we lose our key personnel or are unable to attract and retain key personnel, we may be unable to pursue business opportunities or develop our products.

We are highly dependent on the key employees in our clinical engineering, technology development, sales, training and marketing personnel and management teams. The loss of the services provided by those individuals may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our product development and other business objectives and could harm our business. Our future success will also depend on our ability to identify, recruit, train and retain additional qualified personnel, including orthodontists. Few orthodontists are accustomed to working in a manufacturing environment since they are generally trained to work in private practices, universities and other research institutions. Thus, we may be unable to attract and retain personnel with the advanced qualifications necessary for the further development of our business. Furthermore, we may not be successful in retaining our key personnel or their services. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be materially harmed. In addition, our ability to recognize revenue on the direct sales of our intra-oral scanners depends in part upon our ability to schedule and staff trainings. The loss of the services provided by these individuals or our ability to timely hire such personnel in sufficient numbers based on our volume growth, may harm our business.  If we are unable to retain our trainers or replace such individuals with persons having equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill such technical expertise in newly hired personnel or accurately predict the number of such personnel needed, our net revenues could be materially harmed.

If we infringe the patents or proprietary rights of other parties or are subject to a patent infringement claim, our ability to grow our business may be severely limited.

Extensive litigation over patents and other intellectual property rights is common in the medical device industry. We have been sued for infringement of third party’s patents in the past and we may be the subject of patent or other litigation in the future.

22

From time to time, we have received and may in the future receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their patent rights. While we do not believe that we infringe upon any valid and enforceable rights that have been brought to our attention, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination of any litigation or interference proceeding to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities. An adverse determination of this nature could also put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly or require us to seek licenses from third parties. Licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which event, our business would be materially adversely affected.

We maintain single supply relationships for certain of our key machines and materials technologies, and our business and operating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends or the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.

We are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intra-oral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our scanners are provided by single suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing the vast majority of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. If these or other suppliers encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our relationship with them changes, we might not be able to quickly establish or qualify replacement sources of supply and could face production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies. In addition, technology changes by our vendors could disrupt access to required manufacturing capacity or require expensive, time consuming development efforts to adapt and integrate new equipment or processes. Our growth may exceed the capacity of one or more of these manufacturers to produce the needed equipment and materials in sufficient quantities to support our growth. Conversely, in order to secure supplies for production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our profitability may suffer. In the event of technology changes, delivery delays, or shortages of or increases in price for these items, our business and growth prospects may be harmed.

We depend on a single contract manufacturer and supplier of parts used in our iTero scanner and any disruption in this relationship may cause us to fail to meet the demands of our customers and damage our customer relationships.

We rely on a third party manufacturer in Israel to assemble our iTero scanner. As a result, if this third party manufacturer fails to deliver its components or if we lose its services, we may be unable to deliver our products in a timely manner and our business may be harmed. Any difficulties encountered by the third party manufacturer with respect to hiring personnel, and maintaining acceptable manufacturing standards, controls, procedures and policies could disrupt our ability to deliver our products in a timely manner. Finding a substitute manufacturer may be expensive, time-consuming or impossible and could result in a significant interruption in the supply of our intra-oral scanning products. Any failure by our contract manufacturer that results in delays in our fulfillment of customer orders may cause us to lose revenues and suffer damage to our customer relationships.

We primarily rely on our direct sales force to sell our products, and any failure to maintain our direct sales force could harm our business.

Our ability to sell our products and generate revenues primarily depends upon our direct sales force within our North American and international markets.  As of December 31, 2014, our North American sales organization consisted of approximately 280 people. Internationally, we had approximately 160 people engaged in direct sales and sales support as of December 31, 2014. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with the members of our direct sales force. The loss of the services provided by these key personnel may harm our business. If we are unable to retain our direct sales force personnel or replace them with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill such technical expertise or if we fail to establish and maintain strong relationships with our customers within a relatively short period of time, our net revenues and our ability to maintain market share could be materially harmed. In addition, due to our large and fragmented customer base, we may not be able to provide all of our customers with product support immediately upon the launch of a new product. As a result, adoption of new products by our customers may be slower than anticipated and our ability to grow market share and increase our net revenues may be harmed.

23

If our distributor relationships are not successful, our ability to market and sell our products would be harmed and our financial performance will be adversely affected.

We depend on relationships with distributors for the marketing and sales of our products in various geographic regions, and we have a limited ability to influence their efforts. Relying on distributors for our sales and marketing could harm our business for various reasons, including:

• agreements with distributors may terminate prematurely due to disagreements or may result in litigation between the partners;

• we may not be able to renew existing distributor agreements on acceptable terms;

• our distributors may not devote sufficient resources to the sale of products;

• our distributors may be unsuccessful in marketing our products;

• our existing relationships with distributors may preclude us from entering into additional future arrangements with other distributors; and

• we may not be able to negotiate future distributor agreements on acceptable terms.

Complying with regulations enforced by the FDA and other regulatory authorities is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.

Our products are considered medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and internationally. FDA regulations are wide ranging and govern, among other things:

• product design, development, manufacturing and testing;

• product labeling;

• product storage;

• pre-market clearance or approval;

• complaint handling and corrective actions;

• advertising and promotion; and

• product sales and distribution.

Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

• warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

• repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;

• operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

• refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

• withdrawing clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

• criminal prosecution.

If any of these events were to occur, they could harm our business. We must comply with facility registration and product listing requirements of the FDA and adhere to applicable Quality System regulations. The FDA enforces its Quality System regulations through periodic unannounced inspections. Our failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection or the failure to comply with applicable manufacturing regulations could result in enforcement action, and we may be required to find alternative manufacturers, which could be a long and costly process. Any FDA enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

24

Before we can sell a new medical device in the U.S., or market a new use of or claim for an existing product we must obtain FDA clearance or approval, unless an exemption applies. Obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals can be a lengthy and time-consuming process. Even though the devices we market have obtained the necessary clearances from the FDA, we may be unable to maintain such clearances in the future. Furthermore, we may be unable to obtain the necessary clearances for new devices that we intend to market in the future. Our inability to maintain or obtain regulatory clearances or approvals could materially harm our business.

In addition, as part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the SEC adopted disclosure requirements regarding the use of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, as well as procedures regarding a manufacturer's efforts to identify and discourage the sourcing of such minerals and metals produced from those minerals. Additional reporting obligations are being considered by the European Union. The implementation of the existing U.S. requirements and any additional requirements in Europe could affect the sourcing and availability of metals used in the manufacture of a limited number of parts (if any) contained in our products. For example, the implementation of these disclosure requirements may decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs for certain metals, thereby negatively affecting our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Our material sourcing is broad based and multi-tiered, and we may be unable to conclusively verify the origins for all metals used in our products. We may suffer financial and reputational harm if customers require, and we are unable to deliver, certification that our products are conflict free. Regardless, we will incur additional costs associated with compliance with these disclosure requirements, including time-consuming and costly efforts to determine the source of any conflict minerals used in our products.

If compliance with healthcare regulations becomes costly and difficult for our customers or for us, we may not be able to grow our business.

Participants in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulations under numerous laws administered by governmental entities at the federal, state and local levels, some of which are, and others of which may be, applicable to our business.  In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, Congress passed health care reform legislation that President Obama signed into law in March 2010. This legislation contains many provisions designed to generate the revenues necessary to fund the coverage expansions. The most relevant of these provisions are those that impose fees or taxes on certain health-related industries, including medical device manufacturers. Effective January 1, 2013, as a medical device manufacturer, we were required to pay an excise tax on the price for which we sell our medical devices in the U.S. This Medical Device Excise Tax ("MDET") applies to most medical devices, including our products, which could have a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows.

During March 2014, Align had extensive discussions with the IRS and they informed us that our aligners are not subject to the MDET; however, our scanners are still subject to the MDET. As a result of these discussions, beginning in March 2014, we ceased expensing and paying the MDET for aligners, which reduced our general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 by approximately $6.8 million compared to the prior year period. The excise tax expense was $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013; however, MDET for year ended December 31, 2014 was reduced to $0.3 million due to the changes noted above. Additionally, we are in process of claiming a $6.8 million refund of MDET paid in 2013 related to our aligners; however, because this claim is subject to review and approval by the IRS, we have not recorded a receivable as the outcome of the audit is undeterminable. Any future changes in the applicability of the MDET as it applies to us or refunds of amounts previously paid will be recorded as an additional expense or a credit to the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which it becomes probable and reasonably estimable. The MDET is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Furthermore, our healthcare provider customers are also subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations that could affect the nature and scope of their relationships with us. The healthcare market itself is highly regulated and subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. Regulations implemented pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act ("HIPAA"), including regulations affecting the security and privacy of patient healthcare information held by healthcare providers and their business associates may require us to make significant and unplanned enhancements of software applications or services, result in delays or cancellations of orders, or result in the revocation of endorsement of our products and services by healthcare participants. The effect of HIPAA and newly enforced regulations on our business is difficult to predict, and there can be no assurance that we will adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA and its implementation or that we will be able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities.

25

Extensive and changing government regulation of the healthcare industry may be expensive to comply with and exposes us to the risk of substantial government penalties.

In addition to medical device laws and regulations, numerous state and federal healthcare-related laws regulate our business, covering areas such as:

• storage, transmission and disclosure of medical information and healthcare records;

• prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and

• the marketing and advertising of our products.

Complying with these laws and regulations could be expensive and time-consuming, and could increase our operating costs or reduce or eliminate certain of our sales and marketing activities or our revenues.

We face risks related to our international sales, including the need to obtain necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.

Outside of North America, we currently sell our products in Europe, Asia Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and may expand into other countries from time to time. For sales of our products outside the U.S., we are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals required by other countries may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and requirements for such approvals may differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals in one or more of the other countries in which we do business or in which we may do business in the future. We may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and maintain foreign regulatory approvals. If we experience delays in receipt of approvals to market our products outside of the U.S., or if we fail to receive these approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in international markets in a timely manner, if at all.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims, and we may incur substantial expenses if we are subject to product liability claims or litigation.

Medical devices involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and associated adverse publicity. We may be held liable if any product we develop or any product that uses or incorporates any of our technologies causes injury or is otherwise found unsuitable. Although we intend to continue to maintain product liability insurance, adequate insurance may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. A product liability claim, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in significant legal defense costs. These costs would have the effect of increasing our expenses and diverting management’s attention away from the operation of our business, and could harm our business.

Historically, the market price for our common stock has been volatile.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The factors include:

• quarterly variations in our results of operations and liquidity;

• changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of our net revenues or operating results;

• speculation in the press or investment community concerning our business and results of operations;

• strategic actions by our competitors, such as product announcements or acquisitions;

• announcements of technological innovations or new products by us, our customers or competitors; and

• general economic market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology and medical device companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless

26

of our operating performance. Historically, class action litigation is often brought against an issuing company following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities.

Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock may depress our stock price.

A large percentage of our outstanding common stock is currently owned by a small number of significant stockholders.  These stockholders have sold in the past, and may sell in the future, large amounts of common stock over relatively short periods of time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Such sales could create public perception of difficulties or problems with our business and may depress our stock price.

If our goodwill or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

Under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), we review our goodwill and asset group for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. The qualitative and quantitative analysis used to test goodwill are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in certain assumptions including revenue growth rates, discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows may cause a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or the asset group may be impaired. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in the financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or asset group are determined.

Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported transactions.  Our accounting policies that recently have been or may be affected by changes in the accounting rules are as follows:

• revenue recognition; and

• leases.

If we fail to manage our exposure to global financial and securities market risk successfully, our operating results and financial statements could be materially impacted.

The primary objective of most of our investment activities is to preserve principal. To achieve this objective, a majority of our marketable investments are investment grade, liquid, fixed-income securities and money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. financial sector. In a current unstable credit environment, we might incur significant realized, unrealized or impairment losses associated with these investments.

We have adopted a shareholders rights’ plan to limit the possibility that we are acquired, which may mean that a transaction that shareholders are in favor of or are benefited by may be prevented.

Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders.  To date, our Board has designated 200,000 shares as Series A participating preferred stock in connection with our shareholder rights’ plan. The issuance of preferred stock under certain circumstances could have the effect of delaying or preventing an acquisition of Align or otherwise adversely affecting the rights of the holders of our stock. The shareholder rights’ plan may have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition of our company which is deemed undesirable by our board of directors. The shareholder rights’ plan may cause substantial dilution to a person or group attempting to acquire us on terms or in a manner not approved by our board of directors, except pursuant to an offer conditioned on the negation, purchase or redemption of the rights issued under the shareholder rights’ plan.

Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on our future effective tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, non-deductible goodwill impairments, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in the relative proportions of revenues and income before taxes in the

27

various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, the future levels of tax benefits of stock option deductions relating to incentive stock options and employee stock purchase plans, settlement of income tax audits, and changes in overall levels of pretax earnings.

In June 2009, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted a twelve year extension of various income tax incentives, which were previously granted in 2002. The incentive tax rates will expire in various years beginning in 2017. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica during these twelve year incentive periods is subject to reduced rates of Costa Rica income tax. In order to receive the benefit of these incentives, we must hire specified numbers of employees and maintain certain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse, and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates, which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2014. As a result of these incentives, our income taxes were reduced by $32.5 million and $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.40 and $0.34 in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Income taxes were reduced by $9.7 million in both the three months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.12 in each period. Our subsidiary in Israel is under audit by the local tax authorities for calendar years 2006 through 2012.

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

We occupy several leased and owned facilities with total office and manufacturing area of over 870,000 square feet.  At December 31, 2014, the significant facilities were occupied as follows:

Location	Lease/Own	Primary Use	Segment	Expiration of lease
San Jose, California	Lease	Office for corporate headquarters, research & development and administrative personnel	Clear Aligner and Scanner	September 2017
San Jose, Costa Rica	Lease	Office for administrative personnel, manufacturing personnel, and customer care	Clear Aligner and Scanner	November 2017
Juarez, Mexico	Own	Manufacturing and office facility for manufacturing and administrative personnel	Clear Aligner and Scanner	N/A
Or Yehuda, Israel	Lease	Manufacturing and office for manufacturing, administrative personnel, and research and development	Scanner	October 2017
Amsterdam, The Netherlands	Lease	Office for international headquarters, sales and marketing and administrative personnel	Clear Aligner	April 2017
Moscow, Russia	Lease	Office for research and development	Clear Aligner and Scanner	April 2017

In February 2015, we purchased another facility in Juarez, Mexico in order to expand our manufacturing capacity to support additional growth. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet current requirements and that additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion of operations.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On November 28, 2012, plaintiff City of Dearborn Heights Act 345 Police & Fire Retirement System filed a lawsuit against Align, Thomas M. Prescott (“Mr. Prescott”), Align’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Kenneth B. Arola (“Mr. Arola”), Align’s former Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock (the “Securities Action”). On July 11, 2013, an amended complaint was filed, which named the same defendants, on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between January 31, 2012 and October 17, 2012. The amended complaint alleged that Align, Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Specifically, the amended complaint alleged that during

28

the purported class period defendants failed to take an appropriate goodwill impairment charge related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2011, the first quarter of 2012 or the second quarter of 2012, which rendered our financial statements and projections of future earnings materially false and misleading and in violation of U.S. GAAP. The amended complaint sought monetary damages in an unspecified amount, costs and attorneys’ fees. On December 9, 2013, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave for plaintiff to file a second amended complaint. Plaintiff filed a second amended complaint on January 8, 2014 on behalf of the same purported class. The second amended complaint states the same claims as the amended complaint. On August 22, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss without leave to amend. On September 22, 2014, Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Align intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations. Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of this amended complaint and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss, if any.

Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit

On February 1, 2013, plaintiff Gary Udis filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit against several of Align’s current and former officers and directors in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara. The complaint alleges that our reported income and earnings were materially overstated because of a failure to timely write down goodwill related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc., and that defendants made allegedly false statements concerning our forecasts. The complaint asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and insider trading, among others. The complaint seeks unspecified damages on behalf of Align, which is named solely as nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought. The complaint also seeks an order directing Align to reform and improve its corporate governance and internal procedures, and seeks restitution in an unspecified amount, costs, and attorneys’ fees. On July 8, 2013, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our first motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On January 15, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our second motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On October 14, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until a ruling by the Ninth Circuit in the Securities Action discussed above. Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of this complaint and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible losses.

In addition, in the course of Align's operations, Align is involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align's view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Align currently does not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29

PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ALGN.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low per share sales prices as reported for each period indicated:

	High		Low
Year Ended December 31, 2014:
Fourth quarter	$	57.72	$	43.27
Third quarter	$	57.79	$	51.29
Second quarter	$	57.50	$	47.22
First quarter	$	65.10	$	50.37
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Fourth quarter	$	60.00	$	41.83
Third quarter	$	49.08	$	36.92
Second quarter	$	38.74	$	29.53
First quarter	$	33.70	$	25.61

On February 20, 2015, the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market was $56.81 per share.  As of January 31, 2015 there were approximately 110 holders of record of our common stock.  Because the majority of our shares of outstanding common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock.  We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  

Performance Graph

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the SEC, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “Soliciting Material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference.

The graph below matches our cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, and the S&P 1500 Composite Health Care Equipment & Supplies index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock, in the peer group, and the index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2014.

30

*$100 invested on 12/31/09 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Following is a summary of stock repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2014:

Period	Total Number of Shares Repurchased	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Repurchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program (1)	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Repurchased Under the Program (1)
October 1, 2014 through October 31, 2014	280,015	$	47.59	280,015	$	209,257,956
November 1, 2014 through November 30, 2014	85,584	$	53.31	85,584	$	204,695,591
December 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014	51,900	$	56.40	51,900	$	201,768,477

⁽¹⁾    On April 23, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock over the next three years, with $100.0 million of that amount authorized to be purchased over the first twelve months. Any purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made, from time-to-time, pursuant to open market purchases (including pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans), privately-negotiated transactions, accelerated stock repurchases, block trades or derivative contracts or otherwise in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In addition, in January 2015, our Board of Directors has authorized the next $100 million under the program to be repurchased which we anticipate completing within twelve months. We expect to finance future stock repurchases with current cash on hand.

31

ITEM 6.SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth the selected consolidated financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2014.  The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  We have derived the statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 from the consolidated audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were derived from the consolidated audited financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(in thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues 1	$	761,653		$	660,206		$	560,041		$	479,741		$	387,126
Gross profit2	$	578,443		$	498,106		$	416,388		$	361,283		$	303,417
Income from operations3	193,576			94,212			85,592			90,360			102,734
Other income (expense), net	(3,207		)	(1,073		)	(1,296		)	(419		)	(731		)
Net income before provision for income taxes3	190,369			93,139			84,296			89,941			102,003
Provision for income taxes	44,537			28,844			25,605			23,225			27,750
Net income 3	$	145,832		$	64,295		$	58,691		$	66,716		$	74,253
Net income per share
Basic	$	1.81		$	0.80		$	0.73		$	0.86		$	0.98
Diluted	$	1.77		$	0.78		$	0.71		$	0.83		$	0.95
Shares used in computing net income per share:
Basic	80,754			80,551			80,529			77,988			75,825
Diluted	82,283			82,589			83,040			80,294			78,080
	December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital 4	$	455,349		$	369,338		$	330,022		$	236,699		$	295,637
Total assets	987,997			832,147			756,312			649,264			476,943
Total long-term liabilities	33,415			22,839			19,224			10,366			6,222
Stockholders’ equity	$	752,771		$	633,970		$	581,317		$	490,781		$	377,747

¹   Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 include eight months of revenues from our Scanners and Services segment of approximately $28.0 million as a result of our acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. on April 29, 2011.  Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 include a $14.3 million release of previously deferred revenue for Invisalign Teen replacement aligners.

² Gross profit includes:

• $1.7 million out of period adjustment in 2013 (See Note 1 in the Financial Statements)

• $0.2 million acquisition and integration related costs, $0.9 million amortization of intangible assets, and $0.5 million of exit costs in 2012

32

• $0.4 million acquisition and integration related costs, $0.7 million amortization of intangible assets, and $0.8 million for exit costs in 2011

• $14.3 million release of previously deferred revenue for Invisalign Teen replacement aligners and $0.8 million for amortization of prepaid royalties related to the litigation settlement with Ormco in 2010

³ Income from operations, net income before provision for income taxes, and net income includes the following, net of taxes:

• $1.8 million out of period income tax adjustment in 2014 (see Note 1 in the Financial Statements)

• $40.7 million and $26.3 million of goodwill and long-lived asset impairment, respectively, in 2013

• $1.9 million, net of tax, out of period adjustment in 2013 (see Note 1 in the Financial Statements)

• $36.6 million of goodwill impairment, $1.3 million acquisition and integration related costs, $4.5 million of amortization of intangible assets, and $0.8 million of exit costs in 2012

•

• $10.0 million acquisition and integration related costs, $3.2 million of amortization of intangible assets, and exit costs of $1.1 million in 2011

• $14.3 million release of previously deferred revenue for Invisalign Teen replacement aligners in 2010

• $0.8 million of amortization of prepaid royalties related to the litigation settlement with Ormco in 2010

• $4.5 million related to the class action litigation settlement with Leiszler in 2010

• $8.7 million benefit related to an insurance settlement over a disputed coverage under our general liability umbrella that was not previously reimbursed by our insurer related to the OrthoClear litigation in 2010

⁴ Working capital is calculated as the difference between total current assets and total current liabilities.

33

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

Align Technology, Inc. is a global medical device company that advanced the invisible orthodontics market with the introduction of the Invisalign System in 1999. Today, we are focused on designing, manufacturing and marketing innovative technology-rich products to help dental professionals achieve the clinical results they expect and deliver effective, convenient cutting-edge dental treatment options to their patients. Align Technology was founded in March 1997 and is headquartered in San Jose, California with offices worldwide. Our international headquarters are located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System; and (2) Scanner and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intra-oral scanners and OrthoCAD services (which we previously referred to as Scanner and CAD/CAM Services ("SCCS")).

We received FDA clearance in 1998 and began our first commercial sales of Invisalign to U.S. orthodontists in 1999 followed by U.S. General Practitioner Dentists ("GPs") in 2002. Over the next decade, we introduced Invisalign to the European market and Japan, added distribution partners in Asia Pacific, Latin America, and Europe Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), and introduced a full range of treatment options including Invisalign Express 10, Invisalign Teen, Invisalign Assist, and Vivera Retainers. By 2011, we launched significant new aligner and software features across all Invisalign products that make it easier for doctors to use Invisalign on more complex cases, and introduced Invisalign to the People’s Republic of China. In 2013, we launched SmartTrack, the next generation of Invisalign clear aligner material, which became the new standard aligner material for Invisalign products in North America, Europe and other international markets where we have obtained regulatory approval. Over the last several years’ we have continued to build upon our technology and expertise to deliver enhanced clinical innovations aimed at helping our customers treat some of the most challenging cases. These innovations, both launched in early 2014, include Invisalign G5, specifically designed for treatment of deep bite malocclusion, as well as ClinCheck Pro, the next generation Invisalign treatment software tool designed to help Invisalign providers achieve their treatment goals. Most recently, in November 2014, we announced the upcoming release of Invisalign G6 clinical innovations for first premolar extraction.

We also sell iTero intra-oral scanners and provide computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing ("CAD/CAM") services. Intra-oral scanners provide a dental “chair-side” platform for accessing valuable digital diagnosis and treatment tools, with potential for enhancing accuracy of records, treatment efficiency, and the overall patient experience. We believe there are numerous benefits for customers and the opportunity to accelerate the adoption of Invisalign through interoperability with our intra-oral scanners. The use of digital technologies such as CAD/CAM for restorative dentistry or in-office restorations has been growing rapidly and intra-oral scanning is a critical part of enabling these new digital technologies and procedures in dental practices. In late 2012, we commercially launched the Invisalign Outcome Simulator, the first Invisalign chair-side application powered by the iTero scanner. The interactive application provides dentists and orthodontists an enhanced platform for patient education and is designed to increase treatment acceptance by helping patients visualize the benefits possible with Invisalign treatment. In January 2014, we announced that the 3M™ True Definition scanner was qualified for use with Invisalign case submissions. This qualification enables Invisalign providers with a True Definition scanner to submit a digital impression in place of a traditional PVS impression as part of the Invisalign case submission process. The 3M True Definition scanner is currently the only third-party scanner that has been qualified for use with Invisalign treatment. We continue to believe in an open systems approach to digital impressions, and are committed to working with other intra-oral scanning companies interested in developing interoperability for use with Invisalign treatment.

The Invisalign System is offered in more than 80 countries and has been used to treat more than 3.0 million patients. Our iTero intra-oral scanner, which is primarily sold in North America, provides dental professionals with an open choice to send digital impressions to any laboratory-based CAD/CAM system or to any of the more than 2,400 dental labs worldwide.

Our goal is to establish Invisalign clear aligners as the standard method for treating malocclusion and to establish the iTero intra-oral scanner as the preferred scanning device for 3D digital scans, ultimately driving increased product adoption by dental professionals. We intend to achieve this by continued focus and execution of our strategic growth drivers set forth in the Business Strategy section in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

34

The successful execution of our business strategy and our results in 2014 and beyond may be affected by a number of other factors, which are updated below:

• New Products, Feature Enhancements and Technology Innovation.  Product innovation drives greater treatment predictability and clinical applicability, and ease of use for our customers, which supports adoption of Invisalign in their practices. Increasing applicability and treating more complex cases requires that we move away from individual features to more comprehensive solutions so that Invisalign providers can more predictably treat the whole case, such as with Invisalign G5 for deep bite treatment. Launched in February 2014, Invisalign G5 was engineered to help doctors achieve even better clinical outcomes when treating patients with deep bites - a prevalent orthodontic problem. In North America, in February 2014, we also launched ClinCheck Pro, the next generation Invisalign treatment software tool, designed to provide more precise control over final tooth position and to help Invisalign providers achieve their treatment goals. We intend to launch ClinCheck Pro in our other country markets in the first quarter of 2015. Most recently, in November 2014, we announced the upcoming release of Invisalign G6 clinical innovations for first premolar extraction. Invisalign G6 is engineered to improve clinical outcomes for orthodontic treatment of severe crowding and bimaxillary protrusion. Invisalign G6 clinical innovations will be available to Invisalign-trained providers beginning in the first quarter of 2015 with limited commercialization, followed by full commercialization in Asia Pacific, Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), and Latin America geographies throughout 2015 and North America in early 2016. We believe that over the long-term, clinical solutions and treatment tools will increase adoption of Invisalign; however, it is difficult to predict the rate of adoption which may vary by region and channel.

• Invisalign Utilization rates.  Our goal is to establish Invisalign as the treatment of choice for treating malocclusion ultimately driving increased product adoption and frequency of use by dental professionals, also known as "utilization rates." Our quarterly utilization rates for the previous 9 quarters are as follows:

^*    Invisalign Utilization rates = # of cases shipped divided by # of doctors cases were shipped to

Total utilization in the fourth quarter of 2014 was 4.4 cases per doctor which is flat when compared to the third quarter of 2014; however, in the fourth quarter of 2013, utilization rates increased for our International doctors which was offset by a decrease in utilization by our North American orthodontic doctors. The decrease by our North American orthodontic doctors reflects a seasonal decline in the number of teen-aged cases shipped as summer is typically the busiest season for orthodontists with practices that have a high percentage of adolescent and teenage patients as many parents want to get their teenagers started in treatment before the start of the school year. On a year-over-year basis, total utilization of 4.4 cases per doctor in the fourth quarter of 2014 remained flat compared to the

35

fourth quarter of 2013. We expect that over the long-term our utilization rates will gradually improve as a result of advancements in product and technology, which continue to strengthen our doctors’ clinical confidence in the use of Invisalign, along with the implementation of our Go-To-Market strategy (as discussed below). However, we expect that our utilization rates may fluctuate from period to period.

• Number of new Invisalign doctors trained.  We continue to expand our Invisalign customer base through the training of new doctors. In 2014, Invisalign growth was driven primarily by increased utilization by our North American orthodontist doctors and International doctors as well as by the continued expansion of our customer base as we trained a total of 9,440 new Invisalign doctors, of which 56% were trained internationally. GPs are one of the keys to driving growth in the adult segment, and, in 2014, we launched Invisalign Fundamentals, a new training course, designed to improve practice integration and increase utilization for newly trained doctors. We have implemented this new Invisalign Fundamentals program across North America and will look for opportunities to adjust our international training programs as we work to help our GP practices worldwide more successfully adopt Invisalign into their practices. We believe that this new training approach has the potential to increase the number of doctors submitting cases 90-days post-training, as well as the number of cases submitted per doctor.

• International Clear Aligner. We will continue to focus our efforts towards increasing adoption of our products by dental professionals in our direct international markets. International volume increased 28.6% in 2014 from 2013 driven primarily by growth in Europe as well as by strong performance in the Asia Pacific region. In 2015, we are continuing to expand in our existing markets through targeted investments in sales coverage and professional marketing and education programs, along with consumer marketing in selected country markets. We expect international revenues to continue to grow at a faster rate than North America for the foreseeable future due to our continued investment in international market expansion, the size of the market opportunity, and our relatively low market penetration in this region.

• Go-To-Market Evolution. In order to provide more comprehensive sales and service coverage, we are currently implementing an updated go-to-market strategy with an expanded team and new structure in North America. In order to ensure our North America sales and marketing team can increase time in-office and help each practice become more successful, we are in the process of adding approximately 50 sales team members in 2015, the majority of which are in place as of the date of this Form 10-K. We believe that these investments in a refined go-to-market strategy and the strategic deployment of more people will improve adoption and utilization of Invisalign by our customers.

• Operating Expenses. We expect operating expenses to increase in 2015 compared to 2014 due in part to:

▪ the increase in North American sales force coverage discussed above, as well as additions to our sales force in EMEA and Asia Pacific regions

▪ infrastructure investments, including a project to implement a new enterprise resource planning system which we started in late 2014 with expected "go-live" for various modules and subsidiaries throughout 2016; and

▪ investments in new products and markets like our recently announced intention to develop new products for dentists who treat mild to moderate obstructive sleep apnea with oral appliance therapy.

We believe that these investments will position us to increase our revenue and continue to grow our market share.

• Increase in Invisalign Selling Price. We have historically invested in research and development and continuous product innovation. In order to continue and even accelerate this product innovation cycle, we recently announced a price increase of $50 per treatment, or approximately 3%, on Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen products, effective April 1, 2015 in North America. The prices for Invisalign Assist, Invisalign Express 10 and Invisalign Express 5 products will remain unchanged.

• Foreign exchange rates. Although the U.S. dollar is our reporting currency, a portion of our net revenues and income are generated in foreign currencies. Net revenues and income generated by subsidiaries operating outside of the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective during the respective period and as a result are affected by changes in exchange rates. We have generally accepted the exposure to exchange rate movements without using derivative financial instruments to manage this risk; therefore, both positive and negative movements in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will continue to affect the reported amount of net revenues and income in our consolidated financial statements. In the third and fourth quarter of 2014 combined, our net revenues were negatively impacted by $3.1 million, and we incurred foreign currency translation net losses of $4.1 million in Interest and Other Income (Expense) net, primarily due to the weakening of the Euro and other foreign currencies relative to the

36

U.S. Dollar. If the U.S. Dollar continues to strengthen compared to other foreign currencies, including the Euro, our reported amount of net revenues and income will be negatively impacted compared to the same period last year.

• Medical Device Excise Tax. During March 2014, Align had extensive discussions with the IRS and they informed us that our aligners are not subject to the medical device excise tax ("MDET") which we had been paying and expensing in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations since January 1, 2013; however, our scanners are still subject to the MDET. As a result of these discussions, beginning in March 2014, we ceased expensing and paying the MDET for aligners. In June 2014, we received a $1.2 million refund for MDET paid in 2014 related to our aligners which reduced general and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2014, MDET expense was lower by approximately $6.8 million compared to the prior year. Additionally, we are in process of claiming a $6.8 million refund of MDET paid in 2013 related to our aligners; however, because this claim is subject to review and approval by the IRS, we have not recorded a receivable as the outcome of the audit is uncertain. Any future changes in the applicability of the MDET as it applies to us or refunds of amounts previously paid will be recorded as an additional expense or a credit to the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which it becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

• Stock Repurchase Authorization. On April 23, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock over the next three years, with $100.0 million of that amount authorized to be purchased over the first twelve months. Any purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made, from time-to-time, pursuant to open market purchases (including pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans), privately-negotiated transactions, accelerated stock repurchases, block trades or derivative contracts or otherwise in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The program does not obligate Align to acquire any particular amount of common stock and depending on market conditions or other factors these purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time, or from time-to-time without prior notice. The authorization or continuance of any repurchases under stock repurchase programs is contingent on a variety of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, business requirements, and our Board of Directors' continuing determination that such stock repurchases are in the best interests of our stockholders and in compliance with all laws and applicable agreements. Additionally, there can be no assurance that our stock repurchase program will have a beneficial impact on our stock price. As of December 31, 2014, there is approximately $201.8 million remaining under the April 2014 stock repurchase program, of which $1.8 million was repurchased in January 2015. In addition, in January 2015, our Board of Directors has authorized the next $100.0 million under the program to be repurchased which we anticipate completing within twelve months. We expect to finance future stock repurchases with current cash on hand.

Results of Operations

Net revenues by Reportable Segment Comparison for Year Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

We group our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and Scanner and Services segment.

• Our Clear Aligner segment consists of our Invisalign system which includes Invisalign Full, Teen and Assist ("Full Products"), Express/Lite ("Express Products"),Vivera retainers, along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion.

• Our Scanner and Services segment consists of intra-oral scanning systems and additional services available with the intra-oral scanners that provide digital alternatives to the traditional cast models. This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services.

Net revenues for our Clear Aligner segment by region and product and our Scanner segment by region for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in millions):

37

	Year Ended								Year Ended
	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013		Change				December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		Change
Clear Aligner
Region and Channel
North America	$	446.6	$	408.2	$	38.4	9.4	%	$	408.2	$	361.1	$	47.1		13.0	%
International	219.7		161.7		$	58.0	35.9	%	161.7		124.8		36.9			29.6	%
Invisalign non-case net revenues	46.2		44.7		$	1.5	3.4	%	44.7		30.7		14.0			45.6	%
Total Clear Aligner net revenues 1	$	712.5	$	614.6	$	97.9	15.9	%	$	614.6	$	516.6	$	98.0		19.0	%
Product
Invisalign Full Products	$	585.7	$	497.5	$	88.2	17.7	%	$	497.5	$	434.4	$	63.1		14.5	%
Invisalign Express Products	80.6		72.4		8.2		11.3	%	72.4		51.5		20.9			40.6	%
Invisalign non-case net revenues	46.2		44.7		1.5		3.4	%	44.7		30.7		14.0			45.6	%
Total Clear Aligner net revenues	$	712.5	$	614.6	$	97.9	15.9	%	$	614.6	$	516.6	$	98.0		19.0	%
Scanner:
Region
North America	$	48.7	$	45.3	$	3.4	7.5	%	$	45.3	$	42.2	$	3.1		7.3	%
International	0.4		0.3		0.1		33.3	%	0.3		1.2		(0.9		)	(75.0	)%
Total Scanner net revenues	$	49.1	$	45.6	$	3.5	7.7	%	$	45.6	$	43.4	$	2.2		5.1	%
Total net revenues	$	761.6	$	660.2	$	101.4	15.4	%	$	660.2	$	560.0	$	100.2		17.9	%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

¹  In the fourth quarter of 2012, we identified an error that the actual case refinement usage rate was lower than our estimate and, as a result, we recorded a net revenue release of $4.9 million previously deferred for case refinement of which $5.2 million was a correction of an error of which $4.5 million related to the first three quarters for the fiscal year 2012 and $0.7 million related to the fiscal year 2011. The adjustment was not material to any quarter within 2012. The net amount of $4.9 million is not material to the results of operations for twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

Clear Aligner Case Volume by Channel and Product

Case volume data which represents Invisalign case shipments by region and product, for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 as follows (in millions):

	Year Ended					Year Ended
Region and Channel	December 31, 2014	December 31, 2013	Change			December 31, 2013	December 31, 2012	Change
North American Invisalign	338.5	313.9	24.6	7.8	%	313.9	276.7	37.2	13.4	%
International Invisalign	139.5	108.5	31.0	28.6	%	108.5	86.8	21.7	25.0	%
Total Invisalign case volume	478.0	422.4	55.6	13.2	%	422.4	363.5	58.9	16.2	%
Product
Invisalign Full Product Group	395.1	343.4	51.7	15.1	%	343.4	304.8	38.6	12.7	%
Invisalign Express Product Group	82.9	79.0	3.9	4.9	%	79.0	58.7	20.3	34.6	%
Total Invisalign case volume	478.0	422.4	55.6	13.2	%	422.4	363.5	58.9	16.2	%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

38

Fiscal Year 2014 compared to Fiscal Year 2013

Total net revenues increased by $101.4 million in 2014 as compared to 2013 primarily as a result of Invisalign case volume growth across all regions and products as well as increased Invisalign non-case revenue.

Clear Aligner

Clear Aligner North America net revenues increased by $38.4 million, or 9.4%, in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to Invisalign case volume growth of approximately $32.1 million across all channels and products, and, to a lesser extent, higher average selling prices ("ASP") which contributed approximately $6.3 million to the increase in net revenues. The increase in ASP was primarily a result of increased mid-course correction revenue from higher usage as well as a product mix shift towards higher priced Invisalign products in 2014 compared to 2013. This increase was offset in part by higher promotional discounts in 2014 as compared to 2013.

Clear Aligner international net revenues increased by $58.0 million, or 35.9%, in 2014 compared to 2013 primarily driven by Invisalign case volume growth of $46.2 million along with higher ASP which contributed approximately $11.8 million to the increase in net revenues. The increase in ASP was primarily due to the impact from acquiring our distributor in the Asia Pacific region on April 30, 2013 when we began recognizing direct sales of Invisalign products sold in that region at our full ASP rather than the discounted ASP under the distributor agreement, as well as the price increases which were effective July 2013 along with a favorable impact from foreign exchange rates. Foreign exchange rates had a favorable impact to revenues in 2014 as compared to 2013, despite the weakening of the Euro to the U.S. dollar in the last six months of 2014.

Invisalign non-case net revenues, consisting of training fees and ancillary product revenues, increased by $1.5 million in 2014 as compared to 2013 primarily due to the consolidation of our Vivera product shipments in North America from four shipments per year to one shipment along with increased Vivera volume both in North America and international.

Scanner and Services

Scanner and Services net revenues increased by $3.5 million, or 7.7%, in 2014 compared to 2013 due to an increase in both services revenue as well as scanner revenue.

The increase in services revenue was primarily due to an increase in the volume of CAD/CAM services resulting from a larger installed base of scanners. The increase in scanner revenue was primarily due to an increase in the number of scanners recognized offset in part by lower scanner ASP as a result of promotional discounts as well as permanent price reductions. The increase was partially offset as 2013 had higher net revenues due to the release of $1.4 million of revenue previously reserved for the iTero upgrade program which was completed in the first quarter of 2013.

Fiscal Year 2013 compared to Fiscal Year 2012

Total net revenues increased by $100.2 million in 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily as a result of Invisalign case volume growth across all regions and products as well as increased Invisalign non-case revenue.

Clear Aligner

Clear Aligner North America net revenues increased by $47.1 million, or 13.0%, in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to Invisalign case volume growth of approximately $48.5 million across all channels and products, offset in part, by lower average selling prices ("ASP") which decreased net revenues by approximately $1.4 million. The decrease in ASP was a result of product mix shift towards lower priced Invisalign Express products combined with the revenue deferral for free mid-course correction as a result of our policy change in June 2013. Beginning June 15, 2013, we included up to three free mid-course correction orders in our list prices for Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen.

Clear Aligner international net revenues increased by $36.9 million, or 29.6%, in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily driven by Invisalign case volume growth of $31.1 million along with higher ASP, which resulted in approximately $5.8 million increase in net revenues. The increase in ASP was primarily due to the impact from acquiring our distributor in the APAC region on April 30, 2013, as well as a favorable impact of foreign exchange rates. By bringing the APAC region direct, we began to recognize

39

direct sales of Invisalign products sold in that region at our full ASP rather than the discounted ASP under the distributor agreement. The increase in ASP was offset in part due to a product mix shift towards lower priced Invisalign Lite products.

Invisalign non-case net revenues, consisting of training fees and ancillary product revenues, increased by $14.0 million, or 45.6%, in 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily due to the consolidation of our Vivera product shipments in North America from four shipments per year to one shipment along with increased Vivera volume both in North America and international.

Scanner and Services

Scanner and Services net revenues increased by $2.2 million, or 5.1%, in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to an increase in scanner revenues, partially offset by a decrease in CAD/CAM services net revenues as a result of the discontinuation of the OrthoCAD iQ services during the fourth quarter of 2012. The increase in scanner revenues in 2013 was as a result of the increase in number of scanners sales recognized in 2013 as compared to 2012 as well as the release of $1.4 million of revenue previously reserved for the new iTero upgrade program which was completed in the first quarter of 2013.

Cost of net revenues and gross profit (in millions):

	Year Ended								Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			Change
Clear Aligner
Cost of net revenues	$	149.7		$	129.8		$	19.9	$	129.8		$	110.6		$	19.2
% of net segment revenues	21.0		%	21.1		%			21.1		%	21.4		%
Gross profit	$	562.9		$	484.8		$	78.1	$	484.8		$	406.0		$	78.8
Gross margin %	79.0		%	78.9		%			78.9		%	78.6		%
Scanner
Cost of net revenues	$	33.6		$	32.3		$	1.3	$	32.3		$	33.0		$	(0.7	)
% of net segment revenues	68.3		%	70.9		%			70.9		%	75.9		%
Gross profit	$	15.6		$	13.3		$	2.3	$	13.3		$	10.4		$	2.9
Gross margin %	31.7		%	29.1		%			29.1		%	24.1		%
Total cost of net revenues	$	183.2		$	162.1		$	21.1	$	162.1		$	143.6		$	18.5
% of net revenues	24.1		%	24.6		%			24.6		%	25.7		%
Gross profit	$	578.4		$	498.1		$	80.3	$	498.1		$	416.4		$	81.7
Gross margin %	75.9		%	75.4		%			75.4		%	74.3		%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Cost of net revenues for our Clear Aligner and Scanner segments includes salaries for staff involved in the production process, the cost of materials, packaging, shipping costs, depreciation on capital equipment used in the production process, amortization of acquired intangible assets from Cadent, training costs and stock-based compensation.

Fiscal Year 2014 compared to Fiscal Year 2013

Clear Aligner

The gross margin percentage improved slightly in 2014 compared to 2013 due to higher ASP. The ASP improvement was mostly offset by increased manufacturing costs in 2014 when compared to 2013 which benefited from an out of period adjustment (see Note 1 in the Financial Statements).

Scanner

The gross margin percentage increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due to increased absorption of manufacturing spend from higher production volumes, lower product costs due to product mix and lower inventory reserves. These were partially offset by a lower ASP as a result of price reductions.

40

Fiscal Year 2013 compared to Fiscal Year 2012

Clear Aligner

The gross margin percentage improved slightly in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to lower warranty costs as a result of reduced warranty claims corresponding with the change in our mid-course correction policy in June 2013. In addition, gross margins benefited to a lessor extent from an out of period adjustment (see Note 1 in the Financial Statements) which was partially offset by increased material costs, primarily related to our new SmartTrack material. In addition, we incurred higher inventory reserves for our prior aligner material which has been substantially replaced by our new SmartTrack aligner material.

Scanner

The gross margin percentage increased in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily as a result of the release of revenue for amounts previously reserved in 2012 for the new 2.9 iTero scanner upgrade program which was completed in the first quarter of 2013. In addition, we had lower manufacturing costs as a result of the closure of our New Jersey facility, which was completed by October 2012, and a reduction in training costs; however, these savings were partially offset by higher third party labor service costs and lower manufacturing cost absorption.

Sales and marketing (in millions):

	Year Ended								Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			Change
Sales and marketing	$	217.3		$	180.0		$	37.3	$	180.0		$	152.0		$	28.0
% of net revenues	28.5		%	27.3		%			27.3		%	27.1		%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Sales and marketing expense includes sales force and marketing compensation (including travel-related costs), media and advertising, clinical education, trade shows and industry events, product marketing, stock-based compensation and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.

Sales and marketing expense increased in 2014 compared to 2013 primarilydue to higher compensation costs of $19.4 million due to increased headcount, including the additional headcount from the acquisition of our APAC distributor. In addition, we incurred higher advertising and marketing expenses as a result of increased advertising production and marketing campaigns combined with higher costs for trade shows and our Europe and APAC Summits.

Sales and marketing expense increased in 2013 compared to 2012 due primarily to higher compensation costs of $16.4 million largely related to increased headcount, including additional employees as a result of the acquisition of our APAC distributor, higher sales commissions and stock-based compensation. In addition, we incurred higher advertising and media costs primarily related to network and television media campaigns.

General and administrative (in millions):

	Year Ended								Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			Change
General and administrative	$	114.8		$	112.8		$	2.0	$	112.8		$	99.3		$	13.5
% of net revenues	15.1		%	17.1		%			17.1		%	17.7		%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

General and administrative expense primarily includes administrative personnel compensation costs including stock-based compensation, outside consulting services, legal expenses, depreciation and amortization expense, the medical device excise tax ("MDET") effective January 2013 and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.

General and administrative expense for 2014 increased compared to 2013 primarily due to higher stock-based compensation of $4.7 million as well as increases in consulting expenses and credit card processing fees; however, these increases were offset

41

by lower MDET of $6.8 million as our aligners are no longer subject to the excise tax in 2014 as well as lower outside litigation costs. As previously noted, in March 2014, the IRS informed us that our aligners are not subject to the MDET, which we had been paying and expensing in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations since January 1, 2013; however, our scanners are still subject to the MDET but are not material. There is no expense in the current year period for MDET related to our aligners. Additionally, we are in process of claiming a $6.8 million refund of MDET paid in 2013 related to our aligners; however, because this claim is subject to review and approval by the IRS, we have not recorded a receivable as the outcome of the audit is uncertain. Any future changes in the applicability of the MDET as it applies to us or refunds of amounts previously paid will be recorded as an additional expense or a credit to the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which is becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

General and administrative expense for 2013 increased compared to 2012 primarily due to higher compensation related costs of $7.6 million as a result of higher stock-based compensation expense and increased salaries. Additionally we incurred $7.1 million of medical device excise tax as a result of new tax regulations effective January 1, 2013. These costs were partially offset by lower outside legal expenses.

Research and development (in millions):

	Year Ended								Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			Change
Research and development	$	52.8		$	44.1		$	8.7	$	44.1		$	42.9		$	1.2
% of net revenues	6.9		%	6.7		%			6.7		%	7.7		%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Research and development expense includes the personnel-related costs and outside consulting expenses associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products, corporate allocations, facility and facility related costs and stock-based compensation expense.

Research and development expense increased during 2014 compared to 2013 almost entirely due to higher compensation costs as a result of higher bonuses, stock-based compensation and salaries primarily due to additional headcount.

Research and development expense increased slightly during 2013 compared to 2012 due to higher facilities related expenses primarily related to our Russia research and development facility and compensation costs offset in part by lower clinical and product innovation research program costs.

Impairment of goodwill (in millions):

	Year Ended									Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			Change
Impairment of goodwill	$	—		$	40.7		$	(40.7	)	$	40.7		$	36.6		$	4.1
% of net revenues	—		%	6.2		%				6.2		%	6.5		%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

There was no impairment of goodwill charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014.

During the first quarter of 2013, we determined that the goodwill for our Scanner and Services reporting unit should be tested for impairment between annual tests due to changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners which included announcements of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontist and GP dentist in North America. As a result, this caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner and Services reporting unit that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner and Services reporting unit below its carrying amount. As a result of our analysis, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.7 million in the first quarter of 2013, none of which was deductible for tax purposes. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

During the third quarter of 2012, we determined that the goodwill for our Scanner and Services reporting unit should be tested for impairment between annual tests since an event occurred or circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner and Services reporting unit below its carrying amount. As a result of our analysis, we recorded a preliminary goodwill impairment charge during the third quarter of 2012 of $24.7 million and an additional $11.9 million during

42

the fourth quarter of 2012, representing a change in estimate upon finalizing our 2013 annual budget process, for a total impairment charge of $36.6 million. None of the goodwill impairment charge was deductible for tax purposes, and there was no additional impairment that resulted from our annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2012. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

Impairment of long-lived assets (in millions):

	Year Ended									Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012		Change
Impairment of long-lived assets	$	—		$	26.3		$	(26.3	)	$	26.3		—		$	26.3
% of net revenues	—		%	4.0		%				4.0		%	—	%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

There was no impairment of long-lived assets charge recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014.

The impairment of our long-lived assets in 2013 was the result of changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners which included announcements of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontist and GP dentist in North America that caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner and Services reporting unit. As a result, we determined that the carrying value of the long-lived assets was not recoverable and therefore recorded an impairment charge of $26.3 million. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

Interest and Other income (expense), net (in millions):

	Year Ended									Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			Change
Interest and other income (expense), net	$	(3.2	)	$	(1.1	)	$	(2.1	)	$	(1.1	)	$	(1.3	)	$	0.2

Interest and other income (expense), net, includes foreign currency translation gains and losses, interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and investment balances and other miscellaneous charges.

Interest and Other income (expense), net, in 2014 decreased due to higher foreign exchange losses primarily as a result of the weakening of the Euro to the U.S. dollar offset slightly by increased interest income earned on higher balances of cash, cash equivalents and investments.

Interest and Other income (expense), net, in 2013 increased slightly due to increased interest income earned on higher balances of cash, cash equivalents and investments offset slightly by higher foreign exchange losses.

Provision for income taxes (in millions):

	Year Ended								Year Ended
	December 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			Change
Provision for income taxes	$	44.5		$	28.8		$	15.7	$	28.8		$	25.6		$	3.2
Effective tax rates	23.4		%	31.0		%			31.0		%	30.4		%

Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Our provision for income taxes was $44.5 million, $28.8 million and $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This represents effective tax rates of 23.4%, 31.0% and 30.4%, respectively. Our effective tax rates in these fiscal years differ from the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% due to certain foreign earnings, primarily from Costa Rica, which are subject to a lower tax rate, partially offset by higher state income tax expense, the tax impact of certain stock-based compensation charges and unrecognized tax benefits. Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2014 also reflects a negative impact from a $1.8 million adjustment related to prior years, which was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2014. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 also reflects a non-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $40.7 million and $36.6 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, approximately $260.9 million of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. operations held by our foreign subsidiaries are designated as indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S.  Accordingly, no additional U.S. income taxes or

43

additional foreign withholding taxes have been provided thereon.  We have sufficient cash reserves in the U.S. and do not intend to repatriate our foreign earnings. We intend to use the undistributed earnings for local operating expansions and to meet local operating working capital needs. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits and foreign withholding taxes. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets quarterly. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we do not expect to realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. The available positive evidence at December 31, 2014 included historical operating profits, a projection of future income and other objectively verifiable evidence. As of December 31, 2014, we believed, except for the items noted in the subsequent paragraph, that is was more likely than not that the amount of deferred tax assets recorded on the balance sheet will be realized.

As of December 31, 2014, we had a valuation allowance of $32.5 million against our deferred tax assets which primarily relates to foreign net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards. The valuation allowance decreased from December 31, 2013 by $2.6 million due to $1.8 million related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards and $0.8 million related to the release of the valuation allowance related to Japan and China deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2014, we have California net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $37.3 million, which, if not used, will begin to expire in 2015. These net operating loss carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code §382, but are expected to be fully realized. At December 31, 2014, we had California research credit carryforwards of approximately $3.8 million that can be carried forward indefinitely.

We account for uncertain tax positions pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We first determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon audit based on its technical merits. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

During fiscal year 2014, the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by $6.4 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $33.1 million as of December 31, 2014, all of which would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.  We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The penalties and interest accrued as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are immaterial. We do not expect any significant changes to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

During the first quarter of 2014, we adopted ASU 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit when a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)." The adoption of this standard had the effect of reducing our accruals for uncertain tax positions by $8.4 million, with an offsetting reduction in our long term deferred tax assets, but had no effect on net income.

We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions are U.S. federal and the State of California. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2000. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax authorities for years before 2007.

44

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We fund our operations from product sales and the proceeds from the sale of our common stock.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had the following cash and cash equivalents, and short-term and long-term investments (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013
Cash and cash equivalents	$	199,871	$	242,953
Short-term investments	254,787		127,040
Long-term investments	147,892		101,978
Total	$	602,550	$	471,971

Cash flows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Net cash flow provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	226,899		$	185,976		$	133,778
Investing activities	(201,627		)	(210,734		)	(78,300		)
Financing activities	(66,420		)	(38,171		)	10,205
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(1,934		)	(504		)	28
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	(43,082	)	$	(63,433	)	$	65,711

As of December 31, 2014, we had $602.6 million in cash, cash equivalents, and short-term and long-term marketable securities.  Cash equivalents and marketable securities are comprised of money market funds and highly liquid debt instruments which primarily include commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, municipal bonds and asset-backed securities.

As of December 31, 2014, approximately $338.2million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-term marketable securities was held by our foreign subsidiaries.  Amounts held by foreign subsidiaries are generally subject to U.S. income taxation on repatriation to the U.S. The costs to repatriate our foreign earnings to the U.S. would likely be material; however, our intent is to permanently reinvest our earnings from foreign operations, and our current plans do not require us to repatriate them to fund our U.S. operations as we generate sufficient domestic operating cash flow and have access to external funding under our current revolving line of credit.

On April 23, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock over the next three years, with $100.0 million of that amount authorized to be purchased over the next twelve months. Any purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made, from time-to-time, pursuant to open market purchases (including pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans), privately-negotiated transactions, accelerated stock repurchases, block trades or derivative contracts or otherwise in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As part of this repurchase program, on April 28, 2014, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("ASR") with Goldman, Sachs & Co. to repurchase $70.0 million of our common stock. Under the terms of the ASR, we agreed to repurchase in total $70.0 million of our common stock and received an initial delivery of approximately 1.0 million shares based on the then current market price, which were retired. The ASR was completed on July 29, 2014 with a final delivery of approximately 0.4 million shares. We received a total of 1.4 million shares under the ASR for an average purchase price per share of $51.46. The final number of shares repurchased was based on our volume-weighted average stock price during the term of the transaction, less an agreed upon discount. In addition, during 2014, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.6 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $50.93 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $28.2 million. All repurchased shares were retired. As of December 31, 2014, we have $201.8 million remaining under the April 2014 stock repurchase program, $1.8 million of which we expect to purchase over the next three months. In addition, in January 2015, our Board of Directors has authorized the next $100.0 million under the program to be repurchased which we anticipate completing within twelve months. We expect to finance future stock repurchases with current cash on hand.

45

On March 22, 2013, we entered into a credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank. The credit facility provides for a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit, and has a maturity date on March 22, 2016. The credit facility also requires us to maintain a minimum unrestricted cash balance of $50.0 million and comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. The loan bears interest, at our option, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.75% or an adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, three, six or twelve-month interest periods) plus a spread of 1.75%. As of December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings under this credit facility and were in compliance with the conditions and performance requirements.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities combined with our positive cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations and stock repurchases for at least the next 12 months. If we are unable to generate adequate operating cash flows, we may need to suspend our stock repurchase program or seek additional sources of capital through equity or debt financing, collaborative or other arrangements with other companies, bank financing and other sources in order to realize our objectives and to continue our operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy, business structure or operations. Accordingly, the failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2014, cash flows from operations of $226.9 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $145.8 million as well as the following:

Significant non-cash activities

• Stock-based compensation was $39.8 million related to our equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors.

• Deferred taxes of $25.5 million primarily due to the utilization of deferred tax assets.

• Excess tax benefits from our share-based compensation arrangements of $21.4 million.

• Depreciation and amortization of $17.9 million related to our fixed assets and acquired intangible assets.

Significant changes in working capital

• an increase of $27.2 million in accounts receivable which is a result of the increase in net revenues,

• an increase of $22.7 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities primarily due to an increase in income tax payable along with other accruals due to timing of payment, and

• an increase of $15.8 million in deferred revenues corresponding to the increases in revenues.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, cash flows from operations of $186.0 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $64.3 million as well as the following:

Significant non-cash activities

• Impairment of goodwill related to our Scanner and Services reporting unit was $40.7 million.

• Impairment of long-lived assets related to our Scanner and Services reporting unit was $26.3 million.

• Excess tax benefits from our share-based compensation arrangements of $27.1 million.

• Stock-based compensation was $26.4 million related to our equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors.

• Depreciation and amortization of $16.8 million related to our fixed assets and acquired intangible assets.

• Deferred taxes of $21.2 million primarily due to the utilization of deferred tax assets.

Significant changes in working capital

• an increase of $12.0 million in accounts receivable due to the increase in net revenues,

46

• an increase of $9.7 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities due to compensation and bonuses accruals along with higher sales rebates, and

• an increase of $14.9 million in deferred revenue primarily due to higher product sales along with additional deferrals as a result of our mid-course correction policy change in June 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, cash flows from operations of $133.8 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $58.7 million and the following reasons:

Significant non-cash activities

• Impairment of goodwill related to our Scanner and Services reporting unit was $36.6 million.

• Stock-based compensation was $21.5 million related to our equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors.

• Depreciation and amortization of $17.8 million related to our fixed assets and acquired intangible assets.

• Deferred taxes of $17.8 million primarily due to the utilization of deferred tax assets.

• Excess tax benefits from our share-based payments were $17.2 million.

Significant changes in working capital

• an increase of $11.7 million in accounts receivable due to the increase in revenues during 2012,

• an increase of $5.7 million in inventories primarily due to increased production volumes for our intra-oral scanner products in anticipation of the move to our new facility in Israel as well as procuring the new SmartTrack material for our clear aligners,

• an increase of $3.9 million in prepaid expenses and other assets primarily due to the timing of software license and insurance policy renewals,

• an increase of $2.9 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities primarily due to higher deferred tax liabilities, and

• an increase of $12.4 million in deferred revenue primarily due to higher sales with deferred revenue components in 2012.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $201.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $437.2 million and property, plant and equipment purchases of $24.1 million. These uses were partially offset by $259.8 million of maturities and sales of our marketable securities.

For 2015, we expect to invest $70.0 million to $80.0 million on capital expenditures primarily for additional manufacturing capacity and infrastructure including a project to implement a new enterprise resource planning system which we started in late 2014 with expected go-live for various modules and subsidiaries throughout 2016. Although we believe our current investment portfolio has little risk of impairment, we cannot predict future market conditions or market liquidity and can provide no assurance that our investment portfolio will remain unimpaired.

Net cash used in investing activities was $210.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily consisted of our purchase of marketable securities of $303.9 million and property and equipment purchases of $19.4 million along with $7.7 million for the acquisition of our Asia Pacific distributor in April 2013. These uses were partially offset by $122.7 million of maturities and sales of our marketable securities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $78.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily consisted of our purchase of marketable securities of $67.5 million and property and equipment purchases of $38.3 million. These costs were partially offset by maturities and sales of marketable securities of $25.2 million and the release of $2.5 million of funds related to unclaimed merger consideration for the acquisition of Cadent on April 29, 2011 included in Other Investing Activities.

Financing Activities

Net cash used by financing activities was $66.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting from repurchases of our common stock of $98.2 million and $7.6 million of payroll taxes paid for our employees' vesting of restricted stock units

47

through share withholdings, partially off-set by proceeds from issuance of common stock of $18.0 million and $21.4 million from excess tax benefit from our share-based compensation arrangements.

Net cash used by financing activities was $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from repurchases of our common stock of $95.1 million and $4.4 million of payroll taxes paid for our employees' vesting of restricted stock units through share withholdings, partially off-set by proceeds from issuance of common stock of $34.2 million and $27.1 million from excess tax benefit from our share-based compensation arrangements.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 resulting from approximately $42.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of our common stock and approximately $17.2 million from excess tax benefit from our share-based compensation arrangements.  These proceeds were partially offset by approximately $47.2 million common stock repurchases and $2.1 million of payroll taxes paid for our employees’ vesting of restricted stock units through share withholdings.

Net proceeds from the issuance of our common stock related to the exercise of employee stock options have historically been a significant component of our liquidity; however, in 2006, we began granting restricted stock units (“RSUs”) which, unlike stock options, do not generate cash from exercises.  As a result, we will continue to generate less cash from the proceeds of the sale of our common stock in future periods.  In addition, because restricted stock units are taxable to the individuals when they vest, the number of shares we issue to each of our employees will be net of applicable withholding taxes which will be paid by us on their behalf.  During 2014, 2013 and 2012, we paid $7.6 million, $4.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for taxes related to restricted stock units that vested during the periods.

Stock Repurchase

On October 27, 2011, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may repurchase up to $150.0 million of common stock.  Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made from time to time in the open market.  

During 2012, we repurchased approximately 1.7 million shares of common stock at an average price of $27.28 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47.2 million, including commissions.  The common stock repurchases reduced additional paid-in capital by approximately $15.4 million and increased accumulated deficit by $31.8 million.  During 2013, we repurchased approximately 2.7 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $34.95 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $95.1 million. The common stock repurchases reduced additional paid-in capital by approximately $24.5 million and increased accumulated deficit by $70.6 million.  All repurchased shares were retired.  The October 2011 program was complete as of December 31, 2013.

On April 23, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock over the next three years, with $100.0 million of that amount authorized to be purchased over the first twelve months. Any purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made, from time-to-time, pursuant to open market purchases (including pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans), privately-negotiated transactions, accelerated stock repurchases, block trades or derivative contracts or otherwise in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

As part of our $300.0 million stock repurchase program, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("ASR") with Goldman, Sachs & Co. on April 28, 2014 to repurchase $70.0 million of our common stock. We paid $70.0 million on April 29, 2014 and received an initial delivery of approximately 1.0 million shares. The ASR was completed on July 29, 2014 with a final delivery of approximately 0.4 million shares. We received a total of approximately 1.4 million shares under the ASR for an average purchase price per share of $51.46, which all shares were retired. The final number of shares repurchased was based on our volume-weighted average stock price during the term of the transaction, less an agreed upon discount.

During 2014, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.6 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $50.93 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $28.2 million. All repurchased shares were retired. As of December 31, 2014, we have $201.8 million remaining under the April 2014 stock repurchase program, of which $1.8 million was repurchased in January 2015. In addition, in January 2015, our Board of Directors has authorized the next $100.0 million under the program to be repurchased which we anticipate completing within twelve months. We expect to finance future stock repurchases with current cash on hand.

48

Contractual Obligations/Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

The impact that our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods is as follows (in thousands):

			Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than 5 Years
Operating lease obligations	$	24,046	$	9,130	$	12,952	1,754		210
Unconditional purchase obligations	49,802		49,802		—		—		—
Total contractual cash obligations	$	73,848	$	58,932	$	12,952	$	1,754	$	210

Our contractual obligations table above excludes approximately $33.1 million of non-current uncertain tax benefits which are included in other long-term obligations and deferred tax assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2014.  We have not included this amount because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate regarding the timing of settlements with taxing authorities, if any.

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a) (4) as of December 31, 2014.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and marketable debt securities combined with our positive cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months.  If we are unable to generate adequate operating cash flows, we may need to seek additional sources of capital through equity or debt financing, collaborative or other arrangements with other companies, bank financing and other sources in order to realize our objectives and to continue our operations.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all.  If adequate funds are not available, we may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy, business structure or operations.  Accordingly, the failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Indemnification Provisions

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.

It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures at the date of the financial statements.  We evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, goodwill and finite-lived assets and related impairment, and income taxes.  We use authoritative pronouncements, historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for making estimates.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

49

We believe the following critical accounting policies and estimates affect our more significant judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We measure and allocate revenue according to the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force.  

Multiple-Element Arrangements (“MEAs”): Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products/equipment and services.  The deliverables included in the MEAs are separated into more than one unit of accounting when (i) the delivered product/equipment has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) delivery of the undelivered service element(s) is probable and substantially in our control.  Arrangement consideration is then allocated to each unit, delivered or undelivered, based on the relative selling price (“RSP”) of each unit of accounting based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, and on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE or TPE exist.

• VSOE – In most instances, products are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements.  Services are also sold separately through renewals of contracts with varying periods.  We determine VSOE based on pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s).

• TPE – If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold.

• BESP – The best estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis.  When VSOE or TPE do not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on our pricing practices.  Adjustments for other market and Company-specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP.

Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are provided for in the same period that the related product sales are recorded based upon historical discounts and rebates.

Clear Aligner

We enter into arrangements (“treatment plans”) that involve multiple future product deliverables. Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist products include up to three optional case refinements. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position. Case refinement may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment however it is generally ordered in the last stages of orthodontic treatment. Beginning June 15, 2013, Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen products also include up to three optional mid-course corrections. Mid-course correction is a treatment adjustment during active treatment if the case is not tracking to the original treatment plan or goals. Mid-course correction gives doctors the ability to "adjust course" based on the needs of the individual patient. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered any time throughout treatment.

We determined that our treatment plans, except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverables which also represent separate units of accounting: single-batched aligners, case refinement mid-course correction and replacement aligners. We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon the delivery of each unit in the treatment plan. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates.

For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (“a batch”). Beginning January 1, 2011, we were able to reliably estimate the number of batches which are expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience. The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.

Prior to 2013, the Vivera Retainer included four shipments per year, and revenue was recognized ratably as each shipment occurred. In the first quarter of 2013, we consolidated Vivera Retainer product shipments down to one shipment per year.

50

Scanners and Services

We recognize revenues from the sales of iTero intra-oral scanners and CAD/CAM services.  CAD/CAM services include scanning services, extended warranty for the intra-oral scanners, a range of iTero restorative services, and OrthoCAD services such as OrthoCAD iRecord.  We sell intra-oral scanners and services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners.  The intra-oral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and for additional fees, the customer may select an unlimited scanning service agreement over a fixed period of time or extended warranty periods.  Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, title and risk of loss has passed to customers based on the shipping terms, no significant obligations remain, and allowances for discounts, returns, and customer incentives can be reliably estimated.  When intra-oral scanners are sold with either an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price.  We estimate the selling price of each element, as if it is sold on a stand-alone basis, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies.  Scanner revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when products or equipment have been shipped, installed and on-site training completed. For certain distributors who provide installation and training to the customer, we recognize scanner revenue when the intra-oral scanner is shipped to the distributor assuming all of the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Discounts are deducted from revenue at the time of sale or when the discount is offered, whichever is later and free cases or training is included as a deliverable in the multiple-element arrangement assessment.  Returns of products, excluding warranty related returns, are infrequent and insignificant.

Service revenue, including iTero restorative and all OrthoCAD services are recognized upon delivery or ratably over the contract term as the specified services are performed. If a customer selects a pay per use basis for scanning service fees, the revenue is recognized as the service is provided.

We offer customers an option to purchase extended warranties on certain products.   We recognize revenue on these extended warranty contracts ratably over the life of the contract.  The costs associated with these extended warranty contracts are recognized when incurred.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for only those shares ultimately expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. In addition, judgment is required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited.  Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Goodwill and finite-lived acquired intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of acquisitions and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

Impairment of goodwill, finite-lived acquired intangible assets and long-lived assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair

51

value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill.

Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit.  We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the present value of estimated future cash flows under the income approach of the reporting units as well as various price or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results along with the appropriate control premium under the marketing approach, both of which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy (as described in Note 2 in our consolidated financial statements).  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill.  Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss.

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner and Services reporting unit. The impairment analysis performed for goodwill requires several estimates in computing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit. We use a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, utilizing harvest model, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of this business, and is most consistent with the approach a market place participant would use. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner and Services reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 31, 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner and Services reporting unit below its carrying amount. Based on our analysis, there was no implied goodwill for the Scanner and Services reporting unit; therefore, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, which represented the entire goodwill balance in the Scanner and Services reporting unit. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner goodwill. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

The remaining goodwill is entirely attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we performed the annual goodwill impairment testing using the qualitative approach discussed above and found no impairment as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value.

Finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows the asset or asset group is expected to generate. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. In 2013, we used a DCF approach to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, utilizing harvest model, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of a business, and is most consistent with the approach of a marketplace participant would use. The estimation of fair value utilizing a DCF approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Key assumptions used in measuring the fair values of Scanner and Services reporting unit included the discount rate (based on the weighted-average cost of capital) and revenue growth. The fair value of Scanner and Services trademark was determined using a risk-adjusted DCF model under the relief-from-royalty method. The royalty rate used was based on a consideration of market rates. The fair value of Scanner and Services finite-lived customer

52

relationships was determined using a DCF model under the multi-period excess earnings method. We recorded a long-lived asset impairment in the quarter ended March 31, 2013 due to changes in the competitive environment for our intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner asset group. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realized. The available positive evidence at December 31, 2014 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2014, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain foreign loss carryovers as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets.

Accounting guidance for stock-based compensation prohibits recognition of a deferred income tax asset for excess tax benefits due to stock option exercises that have not yet been realized through a reduction in income taxes payable. Such unrecognized deferred tax benefits totaled $1.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and will be accounted for as a credit to additional paid-in capital, if and when realized through a reduction in income taxes payable. We follow the tax law ordering method to determine when excess tax benefits have been realized and consider only the direct impacts of awards when calculating the amount of windfalls or shortfalls.

As of December 31, 2014, U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were not provided for on a cumulative total of $260.9 million. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in our foreign subsidiaries. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits, and foreign withholding taxes. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein.

53

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risks that could impact our financial position and results of operations.

Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest income on our cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities. Our cash equivalents and investments are fixed-rate short-term and long-term securities. Fixed-rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, and as a result, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $402.7 million invested in available-for-sale marketable securities. An immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material adverse impact on our future operating results and cash flows.

We do not have interest bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2014, and, therefore, we are not subject to risks from immediate interest rate increases.

Currency Rate Risk

We operate in North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, Costa Rica and Israel.  As a result of our international business activities, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or economic conditions in foreign markets, and there is no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not harm our business in the future.   We sell our products in the local currency for the respective countries. This provides some natural hedging because most of the subsidiaries’ operating expenses are denominated in their local currencies as discussed further below. Regardless of this natural hedging, our results of operations may be adversely impacted by the exchange rate fluctuation. Although we will continue to monitor our exposure to currency fluctuations, and, where appropriate, may use financial hedging techniques in the future to minimize the effect of these fluctuations, we are not currently engaged in any financial hedging transactions.  The impact of an aggregate change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar on our results of operations and financial position could be material.

ITEM 8.CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Results of Operations

	Three Months Ended
	2014								2013
	December 31, 2014		September 30, 2014		June 30, 2014		March 31, 2014		December 31, 2013		September 30, 2013		June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013
	(in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited )
Net revenues	$	198,600	$	189,876	$	192,531	$	180,646	$	178,292	$	164,506	$	163,828	$	153,580
Gross profit	150,662		145,054		145,476		137,251		136,476		125,090		123,691		112,849
Income from operations 1	51,493		51,547		48,732		41,804		52,923		41,464		37,901		(38,075		)
Net income 1 2 3	39,541		38,247		35,600		32,444		42,422		34,537		29,320		(41,983		)
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.49	$	0.47	$	0.44	$	0.40	$	0.53	$	0.43	$	0.36	$	(0.52	)
Diluted	$	0.48	$	0.47	$	0.43	$	0.39	$	0.51	$	0.42	$	0.36	$	(0.52	)
Shares used in computing net income per share:
Basic	80,266		80,629		81,027		81,120		80,432		79,967		80,576		81,248
Diluted	81,691		82,014		82,341		82,817		82,438		81,848		82,149		81,248

¹   Income from operations included $40.7 million and $26.3 million of goodwill and long-lived asset impairment, respectively, in the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net income included these same items, net of tax.

²  In the three months ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in decreases in cost of net revenues of approximately $1.3 million and operating expense of $1.5 million offset in part by an increase in the provision

54

for income taxes of $0.6 million. The overall increase of $2.2 million in net income related to the out of period correction was not material to the consolidated financial statements for any quarter within 2013.

³ In the three months ended June 30, 2014, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in an increase in the provision for income taxes of $2.1 million, which $1.8 million related to prior years and $0.3 million related to the three months ended March 31, 2014. The out of period correction was not material to the consolidated financial statements for any quarter within 2014.

55

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	57
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	58
Consolidated Statements of Operations	59
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	60
Consolidated Balance Sheets	61
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity	62
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	63
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	64

56

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Align is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Our internal control over financial reporting is designed by, or under supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.   Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

• pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Align;

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Align are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Align; and

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Align's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.   In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Based on its assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

/S/    THOMAS M. PRESCOTT      

Thomas M. Prescott

President and Chief Executive Officer

February 26, 2015

/S/    DAVID L. WHITE  

David L. White

Chief Financial Officer

February 26, 2015

57

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Align Technology, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Align Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.   In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.   Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).   The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.   Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.   We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).   Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.   Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.   Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.   Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.   We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.   A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.   Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 26, 2015

58

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Net revenues	$	761,653		$	660,206		$	560,041
Cost of net revenues	183,210			162,100			143,653
Gross profit	578,443			498,106			416,388
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	217,262			180,046			152,041
General and administrative	114,806			112,752			99,295
Research and development	52,799			44,083			42,869
Impairment of goodwill	—			40,693			36,591
Impairment of long lived assets	—			26,320			—
Total operating expenses	384,867			403,894			330,796
Income from operations	193,576			94,212			85,592
Interest and other income (expense), net	(3,207		)	(1,073		)	(1,296		)
Net income before provision for income taxes	190,369			93,139			84,296
Provision for income taxes	44,537			28,844			25,605
Net income	$	145,832		$	64,295		$	58,691
Net income per share:
Basic	$	1.81		$	0.80		$	0.73
Diluted	$	1.77		$	0.78		$	0.71
Shares used in computing net income per share:
Basic	80,754			80,551			80,529
Diluted	82,283			82,589			83,040

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013		2012
Net income	$	145,832		$	64,295	$	58,691
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	(196		)	62		129
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for sale securities, net of tax	(238		)	29		28
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(434		)	91		157
Comprehensive income	$	145,398		$	64,386	$	58,848

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)

	December 31,
	2014			2013
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	199,871		$	242,953
Marketable securities, short-term	254,787			127,040
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and returns of $1,563 and $1,733, respectively	129,751			113,250
Inventories	15,928			13,968
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	19,770			18,829
Deferred tax assets	37,053			28,636
Total current assets	657,160			544,676
Marketable securities, long-term	147,892			101,978
Property, plant and equipment, net	90,125			75,743
Goodwill and intangible assets, net	82,056			85,362
Deferred tax assets	3,099			15,766
Other assets	7,665			8,622
Total assets	$	987,997		$	832,147
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	23,247		$	17,718
Accrued liabilities	87,880			80,345
Deferred revenues	90,684			77,275
Total current liabilities	201,811			175,338
Income tax payable	30,483			18,326
Other long-term liabilities	2,932			4,513
Total liabilities	235,226			198,177
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6 and 8)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued)	—			—
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 80,205 and 80,583 issued and outstanding at 2014 and 2013, respectively)	8			8
Additional paid-in capital	783,410			729,578
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net	(140		)	294
Accumulated deficit	(30,507		)	(95,910		)
Total stockholders’ equity	752,771			633,970
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	987,997		$	832,147

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

61

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

(in thousands)

	Common Stock				Additional Paid in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares		Amount
Balances at December 31, 2011	78,776		$	8	$	607,240		$	46		$	(116,513	)	$	490,781
Net income	—		—		—			—			58,691			58,691
Net change in unrealized gain from available-for sale securities	—		—		—			28			—			28
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	—		—		—			129			—			129
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans	3,565		—		42,327			—			—			42,327
Tax withholdings related to net share settlement of restricted stock units	—		—		(2,106		)	—			—			(2,106		)
Common stock repurchased and retired	(1,730	)	—		(15,399		)	—			(31,804		)	(47,203		)
Excess tax provision from share based payment arrangements	—		—		17,187			—			—			17,187
Stock based compensation	—		—		21,483			—			—			21,483
Balances at December 31, 2012	80,611		8		670,732			203			(89,626		)	581,317
Net income	—		—		—			—			64,295			64,295
Net change in unrealized gain from available-for sale securities	—		—		—			29			—			29
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	—		—		—			62			—			62
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans	2,694		—		34,196			—			—			34,196
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units	—		—		(4,363		)	—			—			(4,363		)
Common stock repurchased and retired	(2,722	)	—		(24,528		)	—			(70,579		)	(95,107		)
Excess tax benefit from share based payment arrangements	—		—		27,103			—			—			27,103
Stock based compensation	—		—		26,438			—			—			26,438
Balances at December 31, 2013	80,583		8		729,578			294			(95,910		)	633,970
Net income	—		—		—			—			145,832			145,832
Net change in unrealized gain from available-for sale securities	—		—		—			(238		)	—			(238		)
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	—		—		—			(196		)	—			(196		)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans	1,536		—		18,028			—			—			18,028
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units	—		—		(7,608		)	—			—			(7,608		)
Common stock repurchased and retired	(1,914	)	—		(17,804		)	—			(80,429		)	(98,233		)
Excess tax benefit from share based payment arrangements	—		—		21,393			—			—			21,393
Stock based compensation	—		—		39,823			—			—			39,823
Balances at December 31, 2014	80,205		$	8	$	783,410		$	(140	)	$	(30,507	)	$	752,771

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	145,832		$	64,295		$	58,691
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred taxes	25,481			21,204			17,783
Depreciation and amortization	17,856			16,825			17,811
Stock-based compensation	39,823			26,438			21,483
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements	(21,393		)	(27,103		)	(17,187		)
Impairment of goodwill	—			40,693			36,591
Impairment of long-lived assets	—			26,320			—
Other non-cash operating activities	10,106			4,142			4,517
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of business combinations:
Accounts receivable	(27,229		)	(11,981		)	(11,666		)
Inventories	(1,999		)	1,158			(5,718		)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,924		)	(392		)	(3,853		)
Accounts payable	2,887			(186		)	(6		)
Accrued and other long-term liabilities	22,692			9,662			2,943
Deferred revenues	15,767			14,901			12,389
Net cash provided by operating activities	226,899			185,976			133,778
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	—			(7,652		)	—
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	(24,092		)	(19,412		)	(38,333		)
Purchase of marketable securities	(437,152		)	(303,917		)	(67,511		)
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities	176,810			90,917			24,901
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities	82,990			31,741			297
Other investing activities	(183		)	(2,411		)	2,346
Net cash used in investing activities	(201,627		)	(210,734		)	(78,300		)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	18,028			34,196			42,327
Common stock repurchase	(98,233		)	(95,107		)	(47,203		)
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements	21,393			27,103			17,187
Employees’ taxes paid upon the vesting of restricted stock units	(7,608		)	(4,363		)	(2,106		)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(66,420		)	(38,171		)	10,205
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(1,934		)	(504		)	28
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(43,082		)	(63,433		)	65,711
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year	242,953			306,386			240,675
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	199,871		$	242,953		$	306,386

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

63

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description

Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, or “Align”) was incorporated in April 1997 in Delaware and focuses on designing, manufacturing and marketing innovative, technology-rich products to help dental professionals achieve the clinical results they expect and deliver effective, convenient cutting-edge dental treatment options to their patients. We are headquartered in San Jose, California with offices worldwide.  Our international headquarters are located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We have two operating segments, (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System, and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intra-oral scanner and OrthoCAD services.

Basis of presentation and preparation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.  Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported gross profit or financial position.

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, we evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date through the financial statement issuance date and determined that all material transactions have been recorded and disclosed properly.

Out of period adjustment

In 2013, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in decreases in cost of net revenues of approximately $1.7 million and operating expense of $0.7 million offset in part by an increase in the provision for income taxes of $0.5 million. We do not believe the increase of $1.9 million to net income related to the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

In 2014, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in an increase in the provision for income taxes of $1.8 million. We do not believe the decrease to net income related to the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to the fair values of financial instruments, intangible assets and goodwill, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, stock-based compensation, revenue recognition, income taxes, and contingent liabilities, among others.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts of our cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair value.

We measure our cash equivalents, marketable securities, and our Israeli severance fund at fair value.  Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1— Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2— Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

64

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider currency on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.

Restricted cash

Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2014 was $3.8 million, of which $3.6 million was classified as a long term asset and $0.2 million as a current asset. Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2013 was $4.0 million and was classified as a long term asset. The restricted cash primarily consisted of funds reserved for legal requirements.

Marketable securities

We invest primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposits.

Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value.  Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities of less than one year.  Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net in stockholders’ equity.  Realized gains and losses from maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method.  Realized gains or losses and charges for other-than-temporary declines in value, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in Interest and other income (expense), net as incurred.  We periodically evaluate these investments for other-than-temporary impairment.

Foreign currency

For our international subsidiaries where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, we analyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the primary economic currency has changed.  Adjustments from translating certain European and Asia Pacific subsidiaries’ financial statements from the local currency to the U.S. dollar are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  This foreign currency translation adjustment reflects the translation of the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at an average exchange rate in effect during the period.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no material amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income, net related to the translation of our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements.

Our other international entities operate in a U.S. dollar functional currency environment, and therefore, the foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into the U.S. dollar at current exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities which are remeasured at historical exchange rates.  Revenues and expenses are generally remeasured at an average exchange rate in effect during each period.  Gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement are included in Interest and other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had foreign currency net losses of $3.8 million. For year ended December 31, 2013, foreign currency gains and losses were not significant.

Certain risks and uncertainties

Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to market and develop our products.  The life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate due, in part, to the effect of future product enhancements and competition.  Our inability to successfully develop and market our products as a result of competition or other factors would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our cash and investments are held primarily by two financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable.  We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds of major financial institutions, U.S. government agencies, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds and domestic corporate bonds.  If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the

65

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.  Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. economy.  We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business.  Collateral is not required for accounts receivable, but ongoing evaluations of customers’ credit worthiness are performed.  We maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations.  No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 or 2013, or net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, or 2012.

In the U.S., the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates the design, manufacture, distribution, pre-clinical and clinical study, clearance and approval of medical devices.  Products developed by us may require approvals or clearances from the FDA or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercialized sales.  There can be no assurance that our products will receive any of the required approvals or clearances.  If we were denied approval or clearance or such approval was delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on us.

We have manufacturing operations located outside the U.S.  We currently rely on our manufacturing facility in Costa Rica to prepare digital treatment plans using a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program.  In addition, we manufacture our clear aligners and distribute our intra-oral scanners at our facility in Juarez, Mexico, and we produce our handheld scanner wand in Or Yehuda, Israel.  Our reliance on international operations exposes us to related risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in staffing and managing international operations such as hiring and retaining qualified personnel; controlling production volume and quality of manufacture; political, social and economic instability, particularly as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico and Israel; interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services; product and material transportation delays or disruption; trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; import and export license requirements and restrictions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and potential adverse tax consequences.  If any of these risks materialize, our international manufacturing operations, as well as our operating results, may be harmed.

We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers.  Additionally, we rely on a limited number of hardware manufacturers.  The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed using either standard cost (which approximates actual cost) or average and actual cost on a first-in-first-out basis.  Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of revenues.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to ten years. We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. We depreciate buildings over periods up to 20 years. Land is not depreciated. Construction in progress ("CIP") is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use.  Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the general ledger and any related gains or losses are reflected in operating expenses.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and finite-lived acquired intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of the Cadent acquisition.  These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to fifteen years, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

Goodwill

66

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill.

Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit.  We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the present value of estimated future cash flows under the income approach of the reporting units as well as various price or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results along with the appropriate control premium under the marketing approach, both of which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy (as described in Note 2 in our consolidated financial statements).  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill.  Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss.

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists ("GPs") in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 31, 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner goodwill. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

The remaining goodwill is entirely attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we performed the annual goodwill impairment testing using the qualitative approach discussed above and found no impairment as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value.

Finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable.  An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows the asset or asset group is expected to generate.  If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value.  Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. In 2013, we used a DCF approach, utilizing harvest model, to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of a business, and is most consistent with the approach of a marketplace participant would use. The estimation of fair value utilizing a DCF approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Key assumptions used in measuring the fair values of Scanner reporting unit included the discount rate (based on the weighted-average cost of capital) and revenue growth. The fair value of Scanner’s trademark was determined using a risk-adjusted DCF model under the relief-from-royalty method. The royalty

67

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

rate used was based on a consideration of market rates. The fair value of Scanner’s finite-lived customer relationships was determined using a DCF model under the multi-period excess earnings method. We recorded a long-lived asset impairment in the quarter ended March 31, 2013 due to changes in the competitive environment for our intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner asset group. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

There were no further triggering events in 2014 that would cause further impairments of our long-lived assets.

Development costs for internal use software

Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we are customizing to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. In 2014, we started an enterprise resource planning ("ERP") project which we have capitalized $2.6 million of costs as of December 31, 2014 which is included in construction in progress ("CIP"). When the ERP is placed into production, these costs will be amortized over 10 years. Internal development costs for internal use software for 2013 were not material.

The costs to develop software that is marketed externally have not been capitalized as we believe our current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility. As such, all related software development costs are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expense in our consolidated statement of operations.

Product Warranty

Clear Aligner

We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the Invisalign case is complete. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.  Actual warranty costs could differ materially from the estimated amounts. We regularly review the accrued balances and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends. 

Scanners and Services

We warrant our intra-oral scanners for a period of one year, which include materials and labor.  We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs.  An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Returns

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts, for customers that are not able to make payments, and for sales returns.  We periodically review these allowances, including an analysis of the customers’ payment history and information regarding the customers’ creditworthiness, as well as historical sales returns as a percentage of revenue.  Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowance.

Revenue Recognition

We measure and allocate revenue according to the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force.  

Multiple-Element Arrangements (“MEAs”): Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products/equipment and services.  The deliverables included in the MEAs are separated into more than one unit of accounting when (i) the delivered product/equipment has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) delivery of the undelivered service element(s) is probable and substantially in our control.  Arrangement consideration is then allocated to each unit, delivered or undelivered, based on the relative selling price (“RSP”) of each unit of accounting based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, and on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE or TPE exist.

68

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

• VSOE – In most instances, products are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements.  Services are also sold separately through renewals of contracts with varying periods.  We determine VSOE based on its pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s).

• TPE – If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold.

• BESP – The best estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis.  When VSOE or TPE do not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on its pricing practices.  Adjustments for other market and Company-specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP.

Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are provided for in the same period that the related product sales are recorded based upon historical discounts and rebates.

Clear Aligner

We enter into arrangements (“treatment plans”) that involve multiple future product deliverables.  Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist include up to three optional case refinements. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position.  Case refinement may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment however it is generally ordered in the last stages of orthodontic treatment.  Beginning June 15, 2013, Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen also include up to three optional mid-course corrections. Mid-course correction is a treatment adjustment during active treatment if the case is not tracking to the original treatment plan or goals. Mid-course correction gives doctors the ability to "adjust course' based on the needs of the individual patient. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered any time throughout treatment.

We determined that our treatment plans, except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverables which also represent separate units of accounting: single-batched aligners, case refinement, mid-course correction and replacement aligners.  We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon the delivery of each unit in the treatment plan. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates.

For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (“a batch”). We estimate the number of batches which are expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience.  The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.

Prior to 2013, the Vivera Retainer included four shipments per year, and revenue was recognized ratably as each shipment occurred. In the first quarter of 2013, we consolidated Vivera Retainer product shipments down to one shipment per year.

Scanners and Services

We recognize revenues from the sales of iTero intra-oral scanners and CAD/CAM services. CAD/CAM services include scanning services, extended warranty for the intra-oral scanners, a range of iTero restorative services, and OrthoCAD services such as OrthoCAD iRecord. We sell intra-oral scanners and services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners.  The intra-oral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and for additional fees, the customer may select an unlimited scanning service agreement over a fixed period of time or extended warranty periods.  Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, title and risk of loss has passed to customers based on the shipping terms, no significant obligations remain, and allowances for discounts, returns, and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. When intra-oral scanners are sold with either an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price.  We estimate the selling price of each element, as if it is sold on a stand-alone basis, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies. Scanner revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when products or equipment have been shipped, installed and on-site training completed.   For certain distributors who provide installation and training to the

69

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

customer, we recognize scanner revenue when the intra-oral scanner is shipped to the distributor assuming all of the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Discounts are deducted from revenue at the time of sale or when the discount is offered, whichever is later, and free cases or training is included as a deliverable in the multiple-element arrangement assessment. Returns of products, excluding warranty related returns, are infrequent and insignificant.

Service revenue, including iTero restorative and all OrthoCAD services are recognized upon delivery or ratably over the contract term as the specified services are performed. If a customer selects a pay per use basis for scanning service fees, the revenue is recognized as the service is provided.

We offer customers an option to purchase extended warranties on certain products. We recognize revenue on these extended warranty contracts ratably over the life of the contract. The costs associated with these extended warranty contracts are recognized when incurred.     

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling charges to customers are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in cost of revenues.

Legal Proceedings and Litigations

We are involved in legal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated liability in our financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflect the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range.

Research and development

Research and development expense is expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, outside consulting expenses, costs associated with conducting clinical and pre-commercialization trial and testing, allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT costs, equipment costs and depreciation and amortization.

Advertising costs

The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 advertising costs totaled $26.9 million, $26.0 million and $23.6 million, respectively.

Common stock repurchase

We repurchase our own common stock from time to time in the open market when our Board of Directors approve a stock repurchase program. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total repurchase value that are in excess over par between additional paid in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.

Operating leases

We currently lease office spaces, automobiles and equipment under operating leases with original lease periods of up to 9 years.  Certain of these leases have free or escalating rent payment provisions and lease incentives provided by the landlord. We recognize rent expense under such leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as certain leases have adjustments for market provisions.

70

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Income taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. The available positive evidence at December 31, 2014 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2014, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain foreign loss carryovers as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2014, U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were not provided for on a cumulative total of $260.9 million. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in our foreign subsidiaries. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credit, and foreign withholding taxes. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

Accounting guidance for stock-based compensation prohibits recognition of a deferred income tax asset for excess tax benefits due to stock option exercises that have not yet been realized through a reduction in income taxes payable. We follow the tax law ordering method to determine when excess tax benefits have been realized and consider only the direct impacts of awards when calculating the amount of windfalls or shortfalls.

Stock-based compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for only those shares ultimately expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return.  In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited.  Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.  As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

71

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

For an entity in which we have variable interests, we focus on identifying which entity has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and which enterprise has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the variable interest entity. If we are the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the variable interest entity will be included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. For fiscal year 2014, 2013 and 2012, we did not have any material variable interest entities and did not consolidate any variable interest entities, because we are not a primary beneficiary.

Medical Device Excise Taxes

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, effective January 1, 2013, we began to incur an excise tax on sales of medical devices in the U.S. In March 2014, we were informed by IRS that our aligners are not subject to the medical device excise tax ("MDET") which we had been paying and expensing in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations since January 1, 2013; however, our scanners are still subject to the MDET. Beginning in March 2014, we ceased expensing and paying the MDET for aligners. We are currently in process of claiming a $6.8 million refund of MDET paid in 2013 related to our aligners; however, because this claim is subject to review and approval by the IRS, we have not recorded a receivable as the outcome of the audit is uncertain. Any future changes in the applicability of the MDET as it applies to us or refunds of amounts previously paid will be recorded as an additional expense or a credit to the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which is becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income, including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported net of their related tax effect.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” requiring an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The updated standard becomes effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. We have not yet selected a transition method and we are currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Note 2. Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the estimated fair value of our short-term and long-term investments, classified as available for sale, are as follows (in thousands):

Short-term

72

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2014	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Commercial paper	$	33,998	$	—	$	—		$	33,998
Corporate bonds	152,055		27		(116		)	151,966
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	901		—		—			901
Municipal securities	9,147		13		—			9,160
U.S. government agency bonds	41,574		14		(1		)	41,587
U.S. government treasury bonds	15,770		7		—			15,777
Certificates of Deposit	1,398		—		—			1,398
Total Marketable Securities, Short-Term	$	254,843	$	61	$	(117	)	$	254,787

Long-term

December 31, 2014	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds	$	48,233	$	12	$	(28	)	$	48,217
Corporate bonds	57,195		6		(112		)	57,089
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	523		—		(2		)	521
U.S. government treasury bonds	20,814		5		(6		)	20,813
Municipal securities	9,552		5		(6		)	9,551
Asset-backed securities	11,713		—		(12		)	11,701
Total Marketable Securities, Long-Term	$	148,030	$	28	$	(166	)	$	147,892

Short-term

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Commercial paper	$	54,318	$	10	$	—		$	54,328
Corporate bonds	29,079		10		(4		)	29,085
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	13,959		12		—			13,971
Municipal securities	7,006		11		(3		)	7,014
U.S. government agency bonds	16,693		10		—			16,703
Asset-backed securities	5,937		2		—			5,939
Total Marketable Securities, Short-Term	$	126,992	$	55	$	(7	)	$	127,040

Long-term

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds	$	38,138	$	1	$	(21	)	$	38,118
Corporate bonds	23,308		14		(9		)	23,313
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	19,485		27		(17		)	19,495
U.S. government treasury bonds	6,916		3		—			6,919
Municipal securities	8,326		13		(8		)	8,331
Asset-backed securities	5,800		4		(2		)	5,802
Total Marketable Securities, Long-Term	$	101,973	$	62	$	(57	)	$	101,978

73

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, realized losses were immaterial. Cash and cash equivalents were not included in the table above as the gross unrealized gains and losses were not material. We have no material short-term or long-term investments that have been in continuous unrealized loss positions for greater than twelve months as of December 31, 2014. Amounts reclassified to earnings from unrealized gain or losses were immaterial in 2014 and 2013.

Our fixed-income securities investment portfolio consists of corporate bonds, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds, commercial paper, municipal securities, U.S. government agency bonds and asset-backed securities that have a maximum maturity of two years. The securities that we invest in are generally deemed to be low risk based on their credit ratings from the major rating agencies. The longer the duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. The unrealized losses are due primarily to changes in credit spreads and interest rates. We expect to realize the full value of all these investments upon maturity or sale.  The weighted average remaining duration of these securities was approximately 10 months and 11 months as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As the carrying value approximates the fair value for our short-term and long-term marketable securities shown in the tables above, the following table summarizes the fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities classified by maturity as of December 31, 2014 and 2013  (in thousands):

	December 31,		December 31,
	2014		2013
One year or less	$	254,787	$	127,040
Due in greater than one year	147,892		101,978
Total available for short-term and long-term marketable securities	$	402,679	$	229,018

Fair Value Measurements

We measure the fair value of our cash equivalents and marketable securities as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  We use the U.S. GAAP fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  This hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Our Level 1 assets consist of money market funds and U.S government treasury bonds. We did not hold any Level 1 liabilities as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Our Level 2 assets consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government agency bonds, certificate of deposits, asset-backed securities, and our Israeli funds that are mainly invested in insurance policies. We obtain these fair values for level 2 investments from our asset manager for each of our portfolios. Our custody bank and asset managers independently use professional pricing services to gather pricing data which may include quoted market prices for identical or comparable financial instruments, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, and we are ultimately responsible for these underlying estimates.

We did not hold any Level 2 liabilities as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.  Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow ("DCF") methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

We did not hold any Level 3 assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.

74

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

During 2013, we recorded an impairment charge to our long-lived assets and goodwill of $26.3 million and $40.7 million, respectively, related to our Scanner and Services ("Scanner") reporting unit as a triggering event occurred and circumstances changed that led us to perform an impairment analysis prior to our annual test which required us to determine the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit (Refer to Note 5). These fair value measurements were calculated using unobservable inputs, using the income approach which is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. Inputs for the income approach includes the amount and timing of future cash flows based on our most recent operational budgets, strategic plans, terminal growth rates assumptions and other estimates.

The following tables summarizes our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

Description	Balance as of December 31, 2014		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	80,786	$	80,786	$	—
Commercial paper	21,997		—		21,997
Corporate bonds	1,745		—		1,745
Short-term investments:
Commercial paper	33,998		—		33,998
Corporate bonds	151,966		—		151,966
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	901		—		901
Municipal securities	9,160		—		9,160
U.S. government agency bonds	41,587		—		41,587
U.S. government treasury bonds	15,777		15,777		—
Certificate of Deposits	1,398		—		1,398
Long-term investments:
Corporate bonds	57,089		—		57,089
U.S. government agency bonds	48,217		—		48,217
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	521		—		521
U.S. government treasury bonds	20,813		20,813		—
Municipal securities	9,551		—		9,551
Asset-backed securities	11,701		—		11,701
Long-term other assets:
Israeli funds	2,307		—		2,307
	$	509,514	$	117,376	$	392,138

75

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Description	Balance as of December 31, 2013		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	143,540	$	143,540	$	—
Commercial paper	15,398		—		15,398
Short-term investments:
Commercial paper	54,328		—		54,328
Corporate bonds	29,085		—		29,085
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	13,971		—		13,971
Municipal securities	7,014		—		7,014
U.S. government agency bonds	16,703		—		16,703
Asset-backed securities	5,939		—		5,939
Long-term investments:
Corporate bonds	23,313		—		23,313
U.S. government agency bonds	38,118		—		38,118
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	19,495		—		19,495
U.S. government treasury bonds	6,919		6,919		—
Municipal securities	8,331		—		8,331
Asset-backed securities	5,802		—		5,802
Long-term other assets:
Israeli funds	2,193		—		2,193
	$	390,149	$	150,459	$	239,690

Note 3. Balance Sheet Components

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Raw materials	$	8,143	$	5,172
Work in process	2,970		4,241
Finished goods	4,815		4,555
Total Inventories	$	15,928	$	13,968

Work in process includes costs to produce our clear aligner and intra-oral scanner products. Finished goods primarily represent our intra-oral scanners and ancillary products that support our clear aligner products.

76

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Clinical and manufacturing equipment	$	107,707		$	104,373
Computer hardware	24,092			24,851
Computer software	22,044			21,286
Furniture and fixtures	7,386			7,275
Leasehold improvements	15,358			14,996
Building	1,868			1,868
Land	1,162			1,162
CIP	18,310			5,438
Total	197,927			181,249
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization and impairment charges 1	(107,802		)	(105,506		)
Total Property, plant and equipment, net	$	90,125		$	75,743

¹  We recorded an impairment of our long-lived assets in 2013 which was a result of changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners which included announcements of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and GPs in North America that caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that the carrying value of the long-lived assets was not recoverable and therefore recorded an impairment charge of $26.3 million, of which $7.0 million related to property and equipment. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

As of December 31, 2014, CIP consists primarily of costs for capital equipment to be placed in service in the next year; however, in late 2014 we started an ERP project and have capitalized $2.6 million as of December 31, 2014, which we anticipate will be placed in service in 2016. Depreciation and amortization was $14.8 million, $13.9 million, and $13.4 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Accrued liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Accrued payroll and benefits	$	44,610	$	43,029
Accrued sales rebate	11,110		10,100
Accrued sales and marketing expenses	5,979		3,893
Accrued accounts payable	5,736		4,053
Accrued sales tax and value added tax	5,456		6,215
Accrued warranty	3,148		3,104
Accrued professional fees	2,494		1,892
Accrued income taxes	2,027		1,205
Other accrued liabilities	7,320		6,854
Total Accrued Liabilities	$	87,880	$	80,345

Warranty

We regularly review the accrued balances and update these balances based on historical warranty trends.  Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued.  However, future actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts.

77

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Clear Aligner

We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the Invisalign case is complete. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.

Scanners

We warrant our scanners for a period of one year from the date of training and installation. We accrue for these warranty costs which includes materials and labor based on estimated historical repair costs. Extended service packages may be purchased for additional fees.

Warranty accrual as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consists of the following activity (in thousands):

Warranty accrual, December 31, 2012	$	4,050
Charged to cost of revenues	2,850
Actual warranty expenditures	(3,796		)
Warranty accrual, December 31, 2013	3,104
Charged to cost of revenues	1,990
Actual warranty expenditures	(1,946		)
Warranty accrual, December 31, 2014	$	3,148

Note 4. Business Combinations

Cadent

On April 29, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Cadent, a 3D digital scanning solution for orthodontics and dentistry, for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $187.6 million . We recorded goodwill of $135.3 million as a result of the acquisition, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets, and represents the expected synergies of the transaction and the knowledge and experience of the workforce in place. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. In connection with the acquisition, we allocated approximately $77.3 million of the goodwill from the Cadent acquisition to our Scanner and Services ("Scanner") reporting unit and approximately $58.0 million to our Clear Aligner reporting unit based on the expected relative synergies generated by the acquisition. During the third quarter of 2012, we determined that goodwill for our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment between annual impairment tests since an event occurred or circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. We recorded a total impairment charge of $36.6 million for the Scanner for 2012 after finalizing step two of our analysis.  Further, during March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. Based on our analysis, there was no implied goodwill for the Scanner reporting unit; therefore, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, which represents the remaining goodwill balance in the Scanner reporting unit. All remaining goodwill from the Cadent acquisition as of December 31, 2014 is attributable to the Clear Aligner segment. See Note 5 for discussion of our goodwill impairment.

ICA Holdings Pty Limited

On April 30, 2013, we completed the acquisition of ICA Holdings Pty Limited ("ICA") upon the expiration of the distribution agreement between certain subsidiaries of ICA and Align Technology B.V., for a total cash consideration of approximately $8.6 million, of which $7.4 million was attributed to assets acquired, $2.4 million in liabilities assumed and $3.6 million to goodwill. Goodwill as a result of this acquisition represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net assets acquired and represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce in place. None of this goodwill will be deductible for tax

78

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

purposes. Under the applicable accounting guidance, goodwill will not be amortized but will be tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if certain indicators are present.  

Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented as it is not material to our results of operations, either individually or in aggregate, for the year ended 2013.

Note 5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The change in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014 by our reportable segments, which are also our reporting units, are as follows (in thousands):

	Clear Aligner			Scanners and Services			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	58,543		$	40,693		$	99,236
Goodwill from ICA acquisition	3,558			—			3,558
Impairment of goodwill	—			(40,693		)	(40,693		)
Adjustments 1	(478		)	—			(478		)
Balance as of December 31, 2013	61,623			—			61,623
Goodwill from ICA acquisition	—			—			—
Adjustments 1	(254		)	—			(254		)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	61,369		$	—		$	61,369

¹   The adjustments to goodwill were a result of foreign currency translation.

Impairment of Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

2012 Impairment

During the third quarter of 2012, we determined that the goodwill for our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment between annual impairment tests since an event occurred/circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. These indicators included the termination of an exclusive distribution arrangement with Straumann for iTero intra-oral scanners in Europe, as well as the termination of their non-exclusive distribution arrangement for iTero intra-oral scanners in North America, together with market conditions and business trends within the Scanner reporting unit. While we continued to expect revenue growth in our Scanner business, our expectations for future growth and profitability rates projected for the Scanner reporting unit were lower than our previous estimates primarily driven by overall lower than expected financial results.

As a result, we performed step one analysis for our Scanner reporting unit, which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to it. In deriving the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit, we utilized a combination of both the income and market approach, which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The income approach provides an estimate of fair value based on discounted expected future cash flows. The market approach provides an estimate of fair value using various prices or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results and then applies an appropriate control premium in order to reconcile to our market capitalization. As a result of our step one analysis, we concluded that the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit was less than its carrying value, therefore, we proceeded to perform step two of the goodwill impairment analysis.

79

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Step two of the goodwill impairment analysis measures the impairment charge by allocating the reporting unit's fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. This allocation process was performed only for the purposes of measuring the goodwill impairment, and not to adjust the carrying values of the recognized tangible assets and liabilities. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss. Based on our analysis, the implied fair value of goodwill was substantially lower than the carrying value of the goodwill for the Scanner reporting unit. We recorded a preliminary goodwill impairment charge during the third quarter of 2012 of $24.7 million and an additional $11.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2012, representing a change in estimate upon finalizing our 2013 annual budget process, for a total impairment charge of $36.6 million. None of the goodwill impairment charge was deductible for tax purposes.

2013 Impairment

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner goodwill.

We performed a step one analysis for our Scanner reporting unit which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to it. In deriving the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit, we utilized the income approach which is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. This approach provides an estimated fair value based on discounted expected future cash flows, which are based on management's estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The discount rate used is based on a weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with the characteristics of the business and the projected cash flows.

As a result of our step one analysis, we concluded that the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit was less than its carrying value; therefore, we proceeded to step two of the goodwill impairment analysis. Step two of the goodwill impairment analysis measures the impairment charge by allocating the reporting unit's fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. This allocation process was performed only for the purposes of measuring the goodwill impairment and not to adjust the carrying values of the recognized tangible assets and liabilities. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss. We use a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, utilizing the harvest model, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of this business, and is most consistent with the approach a market place participant would use. Based on our analysis, there was no implied goodwill for the Scanner reporting unit; therefore, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, which represents the remaining goodwill balance in the Scanner reporting unit. None of the goodwill impairment charge was deductible for tax purposes.

Annual Impairment Test

The remaining goodwill is entirely attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we performed the annual goodwill impairment testing and found no impairment events as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value.

Acquired Intangible Assets

We amortize our intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate long-lived assets, which includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment of our intra-oral scanning business.

80

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America, that caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that the carrying value of the Scanner long-lived assets was not recoverable as compared to the value of the undiscounted cash flows of our revised projections for the asset group. In order to determine the impairment amount of our long-lived assets, we fair valued each key component of our long-lived assets within the asset group, which involved the use of significant estimates and assumptions including replacement costs, revenue growth rates, operating margins, and plant and equipment cost trends. We use a DCF approach, utilizing the harvest model, to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of a business, and is most consistent with the approach of a marketplace participant would use. The estimation of fair value utilizing a DCF approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Key assumptions used in measuring the fair values of Scanner reporting unit included the discount rate (based on the weighted-average cost of capital) and revenue growth. The fair value of Scanner’s trademark was determined using a risk-adjusted DCF approach under the relief-from-royalty method. The royalty rate used was based on a consideration of market rates. The fair value of Scanner’s finite-lived customer relationships was determined using a DCF approach under the multi-period excess earnings method. We determined our long-lived asset group within the Scanner reporting unit to be primarily finite-lived intangible assets, plant and equipment. Upon completion of this analysis, we recorded a total impairment charge of $26.3 million of which $19.3 million represented the impairment related to our Scanner intangible assets and $7.0 million related to plant and equipment. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner asset group.

There were no triggering events in 2014 that would cause further impairments of our long-lived assets.

Intangible assets arising either as a direct result from the Cadent acquisition or individually acquired are being amortized as follows (in thousands):

	Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)	Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2014		Accumulated Amortization			Impairment Charge			Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2014
Trademarks	15	$	7,100	$	(1,354	)	$	(4,179	)	$	1,567
Existing technology	13	12,600		(3,015		)	(4,328		)	5,257
Customer relationships	11	33,500		(9,095		)	(10,751		)	13,654
Other	8	285		(76		)	—			209
Total Intangible Assets		$	53,485	$	(13,540	)	$	(19,258	)	$	20,687

	Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)	Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2013		Accumulated Amortization			Impairment Charge			Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2013
Trademarks	15	$	7,100	$	(1,100	)	$	(4,179	)	$	1,821
Existing technology	13	12,600		(2,236		)	(4,328		)	6,036
Customer relationships	11	33,500		(7,112		)	(10,751		)	15,637
Other	8	285		(40		)	—			245
Total Intangible Assets		$	53,485	$	(10,488	)	$	(19,258	)	$	23,739

81

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The total estimated annual future amortization expense for these acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year
2015	$	2,600
2016	2,600
2017	2,600
2018	2,600
2019	2,600
Thereafter	7,687
Total	$	20,687

Note 6. Legal Proceedings

Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On November 28, 2012, plaintiff City of Dearborn Heights Act 345 Police & Fire Retirement System filed a lawsuit against Align, Thomas M. Prescott (“Mr. Prescott”), Align’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Kenneth B. Arola (“Mr. Arola”), Align’s former Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock (the “Securities Action”). On July 11, 2013, an amended complaint was filed, which named the same defendants, on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between January 31, 2012 and October 17, 2012. The amended complaint alleged that Align, Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Specifically, the amended complaint alleged that during the purported class period defendants failed to take an appropriate goodwill impairment charge related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2011, the first quarter of 2012 or the second quarter of 2012, which rendered our financial statements and projections of future earnings materially false and misleading and in violation of U.S. GAAP. The amended complaint sought monetary damages in an unspecified amount, costs and attorneys’ fees. On December 9, 2013, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave for plaintiff to file a second amended complaint. Plaintiff filed a second amended complaint on January 8, 2014 on behalf of the same purported class. The second amended complaint states the same claims as the amended complaint. On August 22, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss without leave to amend. On September 22, 2014, Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Align intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations. Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of this amended complaint and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss, if any.

Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit

On February 1, 2013, plaintiff Gary Udis filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit against several of Align’s current and former officers and directors in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara. The complaint alleges that our reported income and earnings were materially overstated because of a failure to timely write down goodwill related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc., and that defendants made allegedly false statements concerning our forecasts. The complaint asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and insider trading, among others. The complaint seeks unspecified damages on behalf of Align, which is named solely as nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought. The complaint also seeks an order directing Align to reform and improve its corporate governance and internal procedures, and seeks restitution in an unspecified amount, costs, and attorneys’ fees. On July 8, 2013, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our first motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On January 15, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our second motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On October 14, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until a ruling by the Ninth Circuit in the Securities Action discussed above. Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of this complaint and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible losses.

In addition, in the course of Align's operations, Align is involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an

82

adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align's view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Align currently does not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 7. Credit Facilities

On March 22, 2013, we entered into a credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank. The credit facility provides for a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit, and has a maturity date on March 22, 2016. The credit facility also requires us to maintain a minimum unrestricted cash balance of $50.0 million and comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. The loans bear interest, at our option, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.75% or an adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, three, six or twelve-month interest periods) plus a spread of 1.75%. As of December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings under this credit facility and were in compliance with the conditions and performance requirements.

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases

We lease our facilities and certain equipment and automobiles under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2022 and provide for pre-negotiated fixed rental rates during the terms of the lease. The terms of some of our leases provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and accrue for any rent expense incurred but not paid. Total rent expense was $7.6 million, $7.3 million and $6.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Minimum future lease payments for non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Operating leases
2015	$	9,130
2016	8,293
2017	4,659
2018	1,545
2019	209
Thereafter	210
Total minimum lease payments	$	24,046

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2014, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Indemnification Provisions

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify certain parties: customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.

It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.

83

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Note 9. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock Rights Agreement

The Preferred Stock Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) is intended to protect stockholders from unfair or coercive takeover practices.  In accordance with the Rights Agreement, the Board of Directors declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of our common stock to stockholders of record on November 22, 2005. Each Right entitles stockholders to buy one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, at an exercise price of $37.00, subject to adjustment. Rights will become exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events, including a person or group acquiring or the announcing the intention to acquire beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding common stock without the approval of the Board of Directors. Each holder of a Right will have the right to receive, upon exercise, shares of common stock having a value equal to two times the purchase price. The Rights will expire on November 22, 2015 or upon the exercise of the Rights, whichever occurs earlier.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors. We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock.

Stock-based Compensation Plans

Our 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock units, market stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. Shares granted on or after May 16, 2013 as an award of restricted stock, restricted stock unit, market stock units, performance share or performance unit ("full value awards") are counted against the authorized share reserve as one and nine-tenths (19/10) shares for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and nine-tenths against the plan reserve will be returned at the same ratio. Full value awards granted prior to May 16, 2013 were counted against the authorized share reserve as one and one half (1 1/2) share for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and one half against the plan reserve will be returned at this same ratio.

As of December 31, 2014, the 2005 Incentive Plan (as amended) has a total reserve of 23,283,379 shares for issuance of which 7,325,130 shares are available for issuance, plus up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares that would have been returned to our 2001 Stock Incentive Plan as a result of termination of options on or after March 28, 2005. No shares were added to the plan in 2014. We issue new shares from our pool of authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the exercise and vesting obligations of our stock-based compensation plans.

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is based on the estimated fair value of awards, net of estimated forfeitures, and recognized over the requisite service period. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience at the time of grant and may be revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.  The stock-based compensation related to all of our stock-based awards and employee stock purchases for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Cost of net revenues	$	3,616	$	2,565	$	1,843
Sales and marketing	11,646		7,093		5,581
General and administrative	17,979		13,261		10,361
Research and development	6,582		3,519		3,698
Total stock-based compensation	$	39,823	$	26,438	$	21,483

Stock Options

84

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Options are granted for terms not to exceed seven years and generally vest over four years with 25% vesting one year from the date of grant and 1/48th each month thereafter.  Activity for the year ended December 31, 2014, under the stock option plans are set forth below (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Stock Options
	Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years )	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013	1,321		16.08
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(648	)	16.58
Cancelled or expired	(5	)	18.32
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,933
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,930
Exercisable at December 31, 2014	655		$	15.43	2.92	$	26,504

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day in 2014 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2014.  This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock.  The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $24.5 million, $46.7 million and $50.9 million, respectively.  The total fair value of the options vested during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.7 million, $3.7 million, $5.0 million, respectively.  There were no stock options granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

As of December 31, 2014, the total unamortized compensation costs related to stock options was not material. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the total recognized tax effect from exercised options was $1.9 million.

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of nonvested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is based on our closing stock price on the date of grant.  A summary for the year ended December 31, 2014, is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Shares Underlying  RSUs		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Weighted Remaining Vesting Period (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested as of December 31, 2013	2,044		$	31.88
Granted	981		53.72
Vested and released	(728	)	30.22
Forfeited	(173	)	37.59
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	2,124		$	42.08	1.33	$	118,727

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2014 by the number of nonvested RSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all RSUs been vested and released on December 31, 2014. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock.  During 2014, of the 727,679 shares vested and released, 114,468 vested shares were withheld for employee minimum statutory tax obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 613,211 shares.

The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested and released during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $38.9 million, $20.3 million and $12.5 million, respectively. The total fair value RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $22.0 million, $13.2 million, $7.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $32.1 million of total unamortized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs, and these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

85

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

On an annual basis, we grant market-performance based restricted stock units (“MSUs”) to our executive officers. Each MSU represents the right to one share of Align’s common stock and will be issued through our amended 2005 Incentive Plan. The actual number of MSUs which will be eligible to vest will be based on the performance of Align’s stock price relative to the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index over the vesting period, generally two to three years, up to 150% of the MSUs initially granted.

The following table summarizes the MSU performance as of December 31, 2014:

	Number of  Shares Underlying MSUs (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	Weighted  Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years )	Aggregate Intrinsic  Value (in thousands)
Nonvested as of December 31, 2013	307		31.96
Granted	244		50.46
Vested and released	(53	)	22.41
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	498		42.00	1.38	$	27,815

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2014 by the number of non-vested MSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all MSUs been vested and released on December 31, 2014. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock.  During 2014, of the 52,575 shares vested and released 25,214 shares were withheld for tax payments, resulting in a net issuance of 27,361 shares.

The total intrinsic value of MSUs vested and released during 2014 was $2.9 million. The total fair value MSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, we expect to recognize $6.2 million of total unamortized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to MSUs over a weighted average period of 1.4 years.

The fair value of the MSUs is estimated at the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation that includes factors for market conditions.  The following weighted-average assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Expected term (in years)	3			3			3
Expected volatility	46.0		%	47.0		%	54.0		%
Risk-free interest rate	0.7		%	0.4		%	0.4		%
Expected dividends	—			—			—
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date	$	50.46		$	35.49		$	29.45

Total payments to tax authorities for payroll taxes related to RSUs, including MSUs, that vested during the period, were $7.6 million, $4.4 million and $2.1 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, reflected as a financing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 2010, our shareholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2010 Purchase Plan”), replacing our 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which consists of consecutive overlapping twenty-four month offering periods with four six-month purchase periods in each offering period. Employees purchase shares at 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at either the beginning of the offering period or the end of the purchase period, whichever is lower. The 2010 Purchase Plan will continue until terminated by either the Board or its administrator.  The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Purchase Plan is 2,400,000 shares. During the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we issued 247,343, 288,675, and 336,382 shares, respectively, at average prices of $29.24, $21.96 and $17.98, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, 1,363,827 shares remain available for future issuance.

86

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The fair value of the option component of the Purchase Plan shares was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
Expected term (in years)	1.2			1.2			1.2
Expected volatility	38.8		%	44.9		%	49.7		%
Risk-free interest rate	0.2		%	0.2		%	0.2		%
Expected dividends	—			—			—
Weighted average fair value at grant date	$	17.15		$	11.69		$	11.10

We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $2.6 million, $3.4 million, $2.0 million related to our employee stock purchase plans for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $0.8 million of total unamortized compensation costs related to employee stock purchases. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.3 years.

Note 10. Common Stock Repurchase Program

On October 27, 2011, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may repurchase up to $150.0 million of common stock.  Purchases under the stock repurchase program were made from time to time in the open market. 

During 2012, we repurchased approximately 1.7 million shares of common stock at an average price of $27.28 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47.2 million, including commissions.  The common stock repurchases reduced additional paid-in capital by approximately $15.4 million and increased accumulated deficit by $31.8 million.  During 2013, we repurchased approximately 2.7 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $34.95 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $95.1 million. The common stock retirements reduced additional paid-in capital by approximately $24.5 million and increased accumulated deficit by $70.6 million.  All repurchased shares were retired.  No further authorization for repurchases remains outstanding as we completed the repurchases under this program as of December 31, 2013.

On April 23, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock over the next three years, with $100.0 million of that amount authorized to be purchased over the first twelve months. Any purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made, from time-to-time, pursuant to open market purchases (including pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans), privately-negotiated transactions, accelerated stock repurchases, block trades or derivative contracts or otherwise in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

As part of our $300.0 million stock repurchase program, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("ASR") with Goldman, Sachs & Co. on April 28, 2014 to repurchase $70.0 million of our common stock. We paid $70.0 million on April 29, 2014 and received an initial delivery of approximately 1.0 million shares. The ASR was completed on July 29, 2014 with a final delivery of approximately 0.4 million shares. We received a total of approximately 1.4 million shares under the ASR for an average purchase price per share of $51.46, which all shares were retired. The final number of shares repurchased was based on our volume-weighted average stock price during the term of the transaction, less an agreed upon discount.

During 2014, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.6 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $50.93 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $28.2 million. All repurchased shares were retired. As of December 31, 2014, we have $201.8 million remaining under the April 2014 stock repurchase program, of which $1.8 million was repurchased in January 2015. In addition, in January 2015, our Board of Directors has authorized the next $100.0 million under the program to be repurchased which we anticipate completing within twelve months. We expect to finance future stock repurchases with current cash on hand.

Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans

87

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

401(k) Plan

In January 1999, we adopted a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for our U.S. employees. This plan covers substantially all U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. In 2009, our Board of Directors authorized us to match 50% of our employee’s salary deferral contributions up to a 6% of the employee’s eligible compensation effective 2010. We contributed approximately $2.2 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million to the 401(k) plan during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Israeli Funds

Under the Israeli severance fund law, we are required to make payments to dismissed employees and employees leaving employment in certain circumstances. The funding is calculated based on the salary of the employee multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the applicable balance sheet date. Our Israeli employees are entitled to one month’s salary for each year of employment, or a pro-rata portion thereof.  We fund the liability through monthly deposits into funds, and the values of these contributions are recorded in other long-term current assets.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the accrued funds liability was approximately $2.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

88

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Note 12. Income Taxes

Income before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Domestic	$	94,784	$	31,993	$	32,341
Foreign	95,585		61,146		51,955
Total Income before provision for income taxes	$	190,369	$	93,139	$	84,296

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
Federal
Current	$	1,569	$	26		$	—
Deferred	37,570		24,262			22,382
	39,139		24,288			22,382
State
Current	2,162		1,235			438
Deferred	971		1,158			1,486
	3,133		2,393			1,924
Foreign
Current	1,596		3,113			1,173
Deferred	669		(950		)	126
	2,265		2,163			1,299
Provision for income taxes	$	44,537	$	28,844		$	25,605

The differences between income taxes using the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and our effective tax rate were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1.6		2.5		2.4
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates	(16.4	)	(20.4	)	(20.0	)
Goodwill Impairment	—		15.3		15.2
Stock-based compensation	1.0		0.5		(1.2	)
Other items not individually material	2.2		(1.9	)	(1.0	)
	23.4	%	31.0	%	30.4	%

Other items not individually material for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes an out of period correction that resulted in an increase in the provision for income taxes of $1.8 million. We do not believe the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2014, U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were not provided for on a cumulative total of $260.9 million. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in our foreign subsidiaries. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes, net of related foreign tax credits. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

89

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In June 2009, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted a twelve year extension of certain tax incentives, which were previously granted in 2002. The incentive tax rates will expire in various years beginning in 2017. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica during these twelve year incentive periods is subject to reduced rates of Costa Rica income tax. In order to receive the benefit of the incentives, we must hire specified numbers of employees and maintain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates, which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2014. As a result of these incentives, income taxes were reduced by $32.5 million, $27.7 million, and $21.8 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The benefit of the tax holiday on diluted net income per share was $0.40, $0.34, and $0.26 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards	$	33,202		$	39,978
Credit carryforwards	1,446			9,362
Reserves and accruals	32,888			26,729
Translation gains	637			48
Stock-based compensation	11,964			9,100
	80,137			85,217
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses	709			557
Depreciation and amortization	6,878			5,320
	7,587			5,877
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance	72,550			79,340
Valuation allowance	(32,498		)	(35,108		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	40,052		$	44,232

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets quarterly. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we do not expect to realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for income taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. As of December 31, 2014, we believed, except for the items noted in the subsequent paragraph, that it was more likely than not that the amount of deferred tax assets recorded on the balance sheet will be realized.

The $32.5 million total valuation allowance provided against our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014, relates primarily to foreign net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2014, the valuation allowance decreased by a net $2.6 million, due to a $1.8 million decrease related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards, and a decrease of $0.8 million due to the release of valuation allowance related to Japan and China deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2014, we had fully utilized net operating loss carryforwards for federal purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards of $37.3 million for California state tax purposes. If not utilized, these carryforwards will begin to expire in 2015 for California purposes.  In addition, we had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $125.5 million, which, if not utilized will expire beginning in 2017.

Our net operating loss carryforwards associated with the exercise of employee stock options totaled $23.8 million as of December 31, 2014 for California state tax purposes, which was not included in our deferred tax assets. The reduction of income taxes payable by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of employee stock options during the fiscal year, and utilization of net operating loss carryover applicable to stock options were approximately $21.4 million, $27.1 million, and $17.2 million in

90

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The benefits applicable to stock options were credited directly to stockholders’ equity when realized. We follow the tax law ordering method to determine when excess tax benefits have been realized and consider only the direct impacts of awards when calculating the amount of windfalls or shortfalls.

At December 31, 2014, we have California research credit carryforwards of approximately $3.8 million which can be carried forward indefinitely.

In the event of a change in ownership, as defined under federal and state tax laws, our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, for fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, is as follows (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2011	$	15,472
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	5,087
Tax positions related to prior year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	80
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2012	20,639
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	6,110
Tax positions related to prior year:
Decreases for uncertain tax positions	(81		)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2013	26,668
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	6,659
Tax positions related to prior year:
Decreases for uncertain tax positions	(260		)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2014	$	33,067

We account for uncertain tax positions pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We first determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon audit based on its technical merits. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

During fiscal year 2014, the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by $6.4 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $33.1 million as of December 31, 2014, all of which would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.  We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The penalties and interest accrued as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are immaterial. We do not expect any significant changes to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions are U.S. federal and the State of California. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2000. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax authorities for years before 2007.

Note 13. Net Income per Share

91

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, adjusted for any dilutive effect of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method, includes stock options, RSUs, MSUs and our ESPP.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stock (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Numerator:
Net income	$	145,832	$	64,295	$	58,691
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic	80,754		80,551		80,529
Dilutive effect of potential common stock	1,529		2,038		2,511
Total shares, diluted	82,283		82,589		83,040
Net income per share, basic	$	1.81	$	0.80	$	0.73
Net income per share, diluted	$	1.77	$	0.78	$	0.71

For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the anti-dilutive effect on net income per share from stock options, RSUs, MSUs and our employee stock purchase plan were not material.

Note 14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Taxes paid	$	5,666	$	4,125	$	2,825
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fixed assets acquired with accounts payable or accrued liabilities	$	4,899	$	2,308	$	940
Unclaimed merger consideration liability	$	—	$	—	$	1,575

Note 15. Segments and Geographical Information

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer.  We report segment information based on the management approach.  The management approach designates the internal reporting used by CODM for decision making and performance assessment as the basis for determining our reportable segments. The performance measures of our reportable segments include net revenues and gross profit.

We have grouped our operations into two reportable segments which are also our reporting units: Clear Aligner segment and Scanner segment.

• Our Clear Aligner segment consists of our Invisalign System which includes Invisalign Full, Express/Lite, Teen, Assist, Vivera Retainers, along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion.

• Our Scanner segment consists of intra-oral scanning systems and additional services available with the intra-oral scanners that provide digital alternatives to the traditional cast models.  This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services.

92

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

These reportable operating segments are based on how our CODM views and evaluates our operations as well as allocation of resources. The following information relates to these segments (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Net Revenues	2014		2013		2012
Clear Aligner
Invisalign Full Products	$	585,721	$	497,507	$	434,432
Invisalign Express Products	80,598		72,418		51,486
Invisalign non-case revenues	46,230		44,724		30,663
Scanner
Scanners and Services	49,104		45,557		43,460
Total net revenues	$	761,653	$	660,206	$	560,041
Gross Profit
Clear Aligner	$	562,889	$	484,835	$	405,970
Scanners and Services	15,554		13,271		10,418
Total gross profit	$	578,443	$	498,106	$	416,388

Geographical Information

Net revenues and tangible long-lived assets are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Net revenues1:
United States	$	532,569	$	491,410	$	427,929
the Netherlands	156,817		122,494		105,942
Other international	72,267		46,302		26,170
Total net revenues	$	761,653	$	660,206	$	560,041

¹ Net revenues are attributed to countries based on location of where revenue is recognized.

	As of December 31,
	2014		2013
Long-lived assets 2:
United States	$	76,511	$	61,439
Mexico	6,229		6,291
the Netherlands	874		1,630
Other international	6,511		6,383
Total long-lived assets	$	90,125	$	75,743

² Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

93

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).  Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2014 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

See “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting.

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION

None.

94

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K because we intend to file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and certain information to be included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our directors is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Election of Directors.” The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our executive officers is set forth in Item 1—“Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in the Proxy Statement.  The information required by Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section entitled “Corporate Governance—Board of Directors & Committee Meetings—Audit Committee”.

Code of Ethics

We have a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.  This code of ethics is posted on our Internet website.  The Internet address for our website is www.aligntech.com, and the code of ethics may be found on the “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investor Relations” webpage.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above, or as otherwise required by the NASDAQ Global Market.

ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Executive Compensation.” The information required by Items 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Corporate Governance—Compensation Committee Interlocks” and “Compensation Committee Report,” respectively.

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and rights granted to employees, consultants or members of our Board of Directors under all existing equity compensation plans, including the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2005 Incentive Plan, each as amended, and certain individual arrangements. Please see Note 10 “Stockholders’ Equity” in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for description of equity compensation plans.

95

Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and restricted stock units(a)		Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options(b)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column(a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	3,288,512	1	$	15.43	8,688,957	2, 3
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	—		—		—
Total	3,288,512		$	15.43	8,688,957

¹  Includes 2,123,351 restricted stock units, including 497,500 market-performance based restricted stock units at target, which have an exercise price of zero.

²  Includes 1,363,827 shares available for issuance under our ESPP. We are unable to ascertain with specificity the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding rights or the weighted average exercise price of outstanding rights under the ESPP.

³  Excludes 418,187 of potentially issuable MSUs if performance targets are achieved at maximum payout.

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 404 and Item 407 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance—Director Independence,” respectively.

ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants.”

96

PART IV

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Financial Statements

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	58
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	59
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	60
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2014 and 2013	61
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	62
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	63
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	64

2. The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.

SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions (reductions) to Costs and Expenses			Write offs			Charged to Other Accounts 1		Reclass from Other Accounts			Balance at End of Period
	(in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns:
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	1,500	$	4,417		$	(2,735	)	$	—	$	(15	)	$	3,167
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	3,167	$	2,116		$	(3,550	)	$	—	$	—		$	1,733
Year ended December 31, 2014	$	1,733	$	6,563		$	(6,733	)	$	—	$	—		$	1,563
Valuation Allowance for deferred tax assets:
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	20,224	$	8,507		$	(1,675	)	$	—	$	—		$	27,056
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	27,056	$	9,806		$	(1,754	)	$	—	$	—		$	35,108
Year ended December 31, 2014	$	35,108	$	(1,793	)	$	(817	)	$	—	$	—		$	32,498

97

(b) The following Exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Exhibit Number	Description	Form	Date	Exhibit Number Incorporated by reference herein	Filed herewith
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant	Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)	12/28/2000	3.1
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant	Form 8-K	2/29/2012	3.2
3.3	Certificate of Designations of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock registrant	Form 8-K	10/27/2005	3.1
4.1	Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate	Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)	1/17/2001	4.1
4.2	Preferred Stock Rights Agreement dated October 25 between the registrant and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.	Form 8-K	10/27/2005	4.1
10.1†	Registrant’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan	Form S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)	12/28/2000	10.13
10.2†	Form of option agreement under Align’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan	Form 10-Q	11/5/2004	10/13/2001
10.3†	Registrant’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan.	Form S-8	2/5/2001	99.2
10.4	Align’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan	Form 8-K	5/25/2010	10.2
10.5†	Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between registrant and its Board of Directors and its executive officers	Form S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)	1/17/2001	10.15
10.6†	Amended and restated 2005 Incentive Plan (as amended May 19, 2011	Form 8-K	5/25/2010	10.1
10.7†	Form of restricted stock unit award agreement under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan (General Form; Officer Form: Director Form)	Form 10-Q	11/5/2007	10.1A, 10.1B, 10.1C
10.8†	Form of option award agreement under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan	Form 10-Q	8/4/2005	10.4
10.9†	Form of restricted stock unit award agreement under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan with Thomas M. Prescott	Form 10-K	3/12/2007	10.14C
10.10†	Form of restricted stock unit award agreement amendment under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan with Thomas M. Prescott	Form 10-K	3/12/2007	10.14D
10.11†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated November 8, 2012 between Thomas M. Prescott and registrant	Form 10-Q	5/8/2008	10.3
10.12†	Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into by and between registrant and each of executive officer (other than CEO)	Form 10-Q	5/8/2008	10.2
10.13	Credit Agreement dated March 22, 2013 between registrant and Wells Fargo National Association	Form 8-K	3/27/2013	10.1

98

Exhibit Number	Description	Form	Date	Exhibit Number Incorporated by reference herein	Filed herewith
10.14	Lease Agreement dated February 26, 2003 between KPMG FIDES (Costa Rica) S.A., Parque Global S.A.A. and registrant	Form 10-Q	5/13/2003	10.36
10.15	Omnibus Amendment to Lease and Service Agreement between KPMG FIDES (Costa Rica) S.A., Parque Global S.A. and Align dated June 24, 2008	Form 8-K	6/26/2008	10.1
10.16	Lease Agreement between Align and Carr N.P. Properties, L.L.C. dated January 26, 2010	Form 8-K	1/29/2010	10.1
10.17	Settlement Agreement dated as of August 16, 2009 between Align Technology, Inc. and Ormco Corporation	Form 10-Q/A	2/24/2010	10.1
10.18	Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the 16th day of August by and between Align Technology, Inc. and Danaher Corporation	Form 10-Q	11/5/2009	10.2
10.19††	Joint Development, Marketing and Sales Agreement entered in as of August 16, 2009 by and between Align Technology, Inc. and Ormco Corporation	Form 10-Q/A	2/24/2010	10.3
10.20†	Summary of 2013 Incentive Awards for Named Executive Officers.	Form 8-K	2/8/2014
10.21†	Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement (officer)	Form 8-K	2/23/2011	10.1
10.22†	Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement (CEO)	Form 8-K	2/23/2011	10.2
10.23†	Description of Executive Officer Incentive Plan	Form 8-K	2/23/2011	Item 5.02
10.24	Agreement of Plan Merger between Registrant and Cadent Holdings, Inc. amongst other dated March 29, 2011	Form 8-K	4/1/2011	10.1
10.25	Credit Agreement dated March 22, 2013 between Align Technology, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association	Form 8-K	3/27/2013	10.1
10.26	Transition Agreement dated March 4, 2013 between Align Technology, Inc. and Kenneth B. Arola	Form 10-Q	5/3/2013	10.1
10.27	Offer Letter dated June 12, 2013 between Align Technology, Inc. and David L. White	Form 8-K	7/18/2013	10.1
10.28	Employment Agreement between Align Technology, Inc. and David L. White	Form 8-K	8/5/2013	10.1
10.29	Fixed Dollar Accelerated Repurchase Transaction Agreement dated April 28, 2014 between Goldman, Sachs & Co. and registrant	Form 10-Q	7/31/2014	10.29
21.1	Subsidiaries of Align Technology, Inc.				*
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm				*
31.1	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003				*
31.2	Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003				*
32	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003				*
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document				*
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document				*
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document				*
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document				*

99

Exhibit Number	Description	Form	Date	Exhibit Number Incorporated by reference herein	Filed herewith
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document				*
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document				*

__________________________________ 

†	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed as an Exhibit to this form pursuant to Items 14(a) and 14(c) of Form 10-K.
††	Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The confidential portions have been filed with the SEC.

100

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 26, 2015.

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
By:	/S/    THOMAS M. PRESCOTT
	Thomas M. Prescott
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas M. Prescott, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    THOMAS M. PRESCOTT	President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	February 26, 2015
Thomas M. Prescott
/S/    DAVID L.WHITE	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	February 26, 2015
David L. White
/S/    JOSEPH LACOB	Director	February 26, 2015
Joseph Lacob
/S/    C. RAYMOND LARKIN	Director	February 26, 2015
C. Raymond Larkin
/S/    GEORGE J. MORROW	Director	February 26, 2015
George J. Morrow
/S/    DAVID C. NAGEL	Director	February 26, 2015
David C. Nagel
/S/    ANDREA L. SAIA	Director	February 26, 2015
Andrea L. Saia
/S/    GREG J. SANTORA	Director	February 26, 2015
Greg J. Santora
/S/    WARREN S. THALER	Director	February 26, 2015
Warren S. Thaler

101

Exhibit Index

Exhibit Number	Description	Form	Date	Exhibit Number Incorporated by reference herein	Filed herewith
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant	Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)	12/28/2000	3.1
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant	Form 8-K	2/29/2012	3.2
3.3	Certificate of Designations of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred Stock registrant	Form 8-K	10/27/2005	3.1
4.1	Form of Specimen Common Stock Certificate	Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)	1/17/2001	4.1
4.2	Preferred Stock Rights Agreement dated October 25 between the registrant and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.	Form 8-K	10/27/2005	4.1
10.1†	Registrant’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan	Form S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)	12/28/2000	10.13
10.2†	Form of option agreement under Align’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan	Form 10-Q	11/5/2004	10/13/2001
10.3†	Registrant’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan.	Form S-8	2/5/2001	99.2
10.4	Align’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan	Form 8-K	5/25/2010	10.2
10.5†	Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between registrant and its Board of Directors and its executive officers	Form S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)	1/17/2001	10.15
10.6†	Amended and restated 2005 Incentive Plan (as amended May 19, 2011	Form 8-K	5/25/2010	10.1
10.7†	Form of restricted stock unit award agreement under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan (General Form; Officer Form: Director Form)	Form 10-Q	11/5/2007	10.1A, 10.1B, 10.1C
10.8†	Form of option award agreement under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan	Form 10-Q	8/4/2005	10.4
10.9†	Form of restricted stock unit award agreement under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan with Thomas M. Prescott	Form 10-K	3/12/2007	10.14C
10.10†	Form of restricted stock unit award agreement amendment under registrant’s 2005 Incentive Plan with Thomas M. Prescott	Form 10-K	3/12/2007	10.14D
10.11†	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated November 8, 2012 between Thomas M. Prescott and registrant	Form 10-Q	5/8/2008	10.3
10.12†	Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into by and between registrant and each of executive officer (other than CEO)	Form 10-Q	5/8/2008	10.2
10.13	Credit Agreement dated March 22, 2013 between registrant and Wells Fargo National Association	Form 8-K	3/27/2013	10.1
10.14	Lease Agreement dated February 26, 2003 between KPMG FIDES (Costa Rica) S.A., Parque Global S.A.A. and registrant	Form 10-Q	5/13/2003	10.36

102

Exhibit Number	Description	Form	Date	Exhibit Number Incorporated by reference herein	Filed herewith
10.15	Omnibus Amendment to Lease and Service Agreement between KPMG FIDES (Costa Rica) S.A., Parque Global S.A. and Align dated June 24, 2008	Form 8-K	6/26/2008	10.1
10.16	Lease Agreement between Align and Carr N.P. Properties, L.L.C. dated January 26, 2010	Form 8-K	1/29/2010	10.1
10.17	Settlement Agreement dated as of August 16, 2009 between Align Technology, Inc. and Ormco Corporation	Form 10-Q/A	2/24/2010	10.1
10.18	Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the 16th day of August by and between Align Technology, Inc. and Danaher Corporation	Form 10-Q	11/5/2009	10.2
10.19††	Joint Development, Marketing and Sales Agreement entered in as of August 16, 2009 by and between Align Technology, Inc. and Ormco Corporation	Form 10-Q/A	2/24/2010	10.3
10.20†	Summary of 2013 Incentive Awards for Named Executive Officers.	Form 8-K	2/8/2014
10.21†	Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement (officer)	Form 8-K	2/23/2011	10.1
10.22†	Form of Market Stock Unit Agreement (CEO)	Form 8-K	2/23/2011	10.2
10.23†	Description of Executive Officer Incentive Plan	Form 8-K	2/23/2011	Item 5.02
10.24	Agreement of Plan Merger between Registrant and Cadent Holdings, Inc. amongst other dated March 29, 2011	Form 8-K	4/1/2011	10.1
10.25	Credit Agreement dated March 22, 2013 between Align Technology, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association	Form 8-K	3/27/2013	10.1
10.26	Transition Agreement dated March 4, 2013 between Align Technology, Inc. and Kenneth B. Arola	Form 10-Q	5/3/2013	10.1
10.27	Offer Letter dated June 12, 2013 between Align Technology, Inc. and David L. White	Form 8-K	7/18/2013	10.1
10.28	Employment Agreement between Align Technology, Inc. and David L. White	Form 8-K	8/5/2013	10.1
10.29	Fixed Dollar Accelerated Repurchase Transaction Agreement dated April 28, 2014 between Goldman, Sachs & Co. and registrant	Form 10-Q	7/31/2014	10.29
21.1	Subsidiaries of Align Technology, Inc.				*
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm				*
31.1	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003				*
31.2	Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003				*
32	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003				*
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document				*
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document				*
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document				*
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document				*
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document				*

103

Exhibit Number	Description	Form	Date	Exhibit Number Incorporated by reference herein	Filed herewith
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document				*

__________________________________ 

†	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed as an Exhibit to this form pursuant to Items 14(a) and 14(c) of Form 10-K.
††	Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The confidential portions have been filed with the SEC.

104

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Align Technology, Inc.

The registrant’s principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, are as follows:

Entity

Align Technology De Costa Rica, SRL, Costa Rica

Align Technology, B.V., the Netherlands

Aligntech de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Cadent, Inc.

Cadent, Ltd.

Invisalign Australia Pty Ltd

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-134477, No. 333-143319, No. 333-161054, No. 333-82874, No. 333-116912, No. 333-125586, No. 333-168548, No. 333-176134 and No. 333-190351) of Align Technology, Inc. of our report dated February 26, 2015, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 26, 2015

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Thomas M. Prescott, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Align Technology, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2015

/S/    THOMAS M. PRESCOTT 

Thomas M. Prescott

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

I, David L. White, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Align Technology, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 26, 2015

/S/    DAVID L. WHITE

David L. White

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

Exhibit 32

906 Certification

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2003

I, Thomas M. Prescott, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003, that the Annual Report of Align Technology, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in this Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Align Technology, Inc.

	By:	/S/    THOMAS M. PRESCOTT
Date: February 26, 2015	Name:	Thomas M. Prescott
	Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

I, David L. White, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003, that the Annual Report of Align Technology, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in this Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Align Technology, Inc.

	By:	/S/    DAVID L. WHITE
Date: February 26, 2015	Name:	David L White
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

XML

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements - Narrative (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Original maturity of highly liquid investments included in Cash and cash equivalents	2 years
Weighted average maturity	10 months	11 months
Impairment of long lived assets	$ 0	$ 26,320	$ 0
Impairment of goodwill	0	40,693	36,591
Scanners and CAD/CAM Services
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Impairment of long lived assets				7,000
Impairment of goodwill		$ 40,693	$ 36,600	$ 40,700	$ 11,900	$ 24,700	$ 36,600

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Minimum Future Lease Payments for Non-Cancelable Leases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 9,130
2015	8,293
2016	4,659
2017	1,545
2018	209
Thereafter	210
Total minimum lease payments	$ 24,046

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Change in the Carrying Value of Goodwill (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Translation Adjustments					$ (254)	$ (478)	[1]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance, Beginning Balance	99,236				61,623	99,236
Adjustment to goodwill					0	3,558
Impairment of goodwill					0	(40,693)		(36,591)
Balance, Ending Balance		99,236		99,236	61,369	61,623		99,236
Clear Aligner
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Translation Adjustments					(254)	(478)	[1]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance, Beginning Balance	58,543				61,623	58,543
Adjustment to goodwill					0	3,558
Impairment of goodwill						0
Balance, Ending Balance					61,369	61,623
Scanners and CAD/CAM Services
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill, Translation Adjustments					0	0	[1]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance, Beginning Balance	40,693				0	40,693
Adjustment to goodwill					0	0
Impairment of goodwill	(40,700)	(11,900)	(24,700)	(36,600)		(40,693)		(36,600)
Balance, Ending Balance		$ 40,693		$ 40,693	$ 0	$ 0		$ 40,693

[1] The adjustments to goodwill were a result of foreign currency translation.

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2009	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, Prior Year Income Taxes, Amount	$ 1,800,000
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries	260,900,000
Deferred tax assets, valuation allowance	32,498,000	35,108,000
Change in valuation allowance	2,600,000
Tax benefits associated with the exercise of employee stock options and utilization of net operating loss carryover applicable to stock options	21,400,000	27,100,000	17,200,000
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits	6,400,000
Unrecognized tax benefits	33,067,000	26,668,000	20,639,000		15,472,000
Acquisition Related Assets And Foreign Net Operating Loss Carryforwards [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Change in valuation allowance	1,800,000
Lapse In Statute Of Limitations [Member]
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Change in valuation allowance	800,000
State and Local Jurisdiction
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	37,300,000
State and Local Jurisdiction | Research
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Research credit carryforward	3,800,000
Foreign Country
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	125,500,000
Foreign Country | Costa Rica
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Tax incentives, period				12 years
Tax incentives, corporate income tax rate that would apply absent the incentives	30.00%
Tax incentives, reduction in income taxes	32,500,000	27,700,000	21,800,000
Tax benefit of tax holiday on net income per share (diluted) (usd per share)	$ 0.40	$ 0.34	$ 0.26
Stock Options
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 23,800,000

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014 purchase_period	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 28, 2005	May 16, 2013
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Preferred stock, par value (usd per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised	$ 24,500,000	$ 46,700,000	$ 50,900,000
Fair value of stock options vested	700,000	3,700,000	5,000,000
Tax effect from exercised stock options	1,900,000
Employees' taxes paid upon the vesting of restricted stock units	(7,608,000)	(4,363,000)	(2,106,000)
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, Duration Of Offering Period	24 months
Number of offering periods	4
Stock-based compensation expense	39,823,000	26,438,000	21,483,000
Stockholder Rights Plan
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Preferred stock purchase right, number of rights declared for each outstanding share of our common stock	1
Dividend distribution, date of record	Nov. 22, 2005
Preferred stock, par value (usd per share)	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock purchase right, exercise price (usd per share)	$ 37.00
Number of shares called by each right (shares)	0.001
Preferred stock purchase right, minimum ownership percentage that should be acquired or intended to be acquired to trigger exercise	15.00%
Ratio of common stock to purchase price	2
Preferred stock purchase right, expiration Date	November 22, 2015
Amended And Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Shares reserved for issuance	7,325,130
2001 Purchase Plan
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Employee stock purchase plan, purchase price as percentage of fair market value of common stock	85.00%
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Vested rand released in period, Total intrinsic value	38,900,000	20,300,000	12,500,000
Vested in period, Fair value	22,000,000	13,200,000	7,800,000
Total unamortized compensation cost	32,100,000
Weighted average period of total unamortized cost	2 years 2 months 12 days
Restricted stock units, shares vested and released (shares)	727,679
Restricted stock units, shares withheld for tax payments	114,468
Restricted stock units, net issuance	613,211
Stock Options | Incentive Plan 2005
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Award Vesting Rights	25% vesting one year from the date of grant and 1/48th each month thereafter
Stock incentive plan, term	7 years
Stock incentive plan, vesting period	4 years
Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Vested rand released in period, Total intrinsic value	2,900,000
Vested in period, Fair value	1,200,000
Total unamortized compensation cost	6,200,000
Weighted average period of total unamortized cost	1 year 4 months 24 days
Restricted stock units, shares vested and released (shares)	52,575
Restricted stock units, shares withheld for tax payments	25,214
Restricted stock units, net issuance	27,361
Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units | Minimum
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Stock incentive plan, vesting period	2 years
Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units | Maximum
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Stock incentive plan, vesting period	3 years
Percentage of market-performance based restricted stock units eligible to vest over the vesting period	150.00%
Employee Stock Incentive Plan 2005 [Member]
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Number of shares available for grant (shares)					23,283,379
Shares Transferred From 2001 Stock Incentive Plan
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Expirations in Period				5,000,000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 2010
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Employee stock purchase plan, shares issued	247,343	288,675	336,382
Weighted average exercise price (usd per share)	$ 29.24	$ 21.96	$ 17.98
Number of shares available for grant (shares)	1,363,827
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 2010 | Maximum
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Maximum number of shares available	2,400,000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Total unamortized compensation cost	800,000
Weighted average period of total unamortized cost	3 months 18 days
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 2,600,000	$ 3,400,000	$ 2,000,000
Annual Vesting | Stock Options | Incentive Plan 2005
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Stock incentive plan, vesting percentage	25.00%
Monthly Vesting | Stock Options | Incentive Plan 2005
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Stock incentive plan, vesting percentage	2.08%

XML

Business Combinations - Summary of Allocation of the Preliminary Purchase Price (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 61,369	$ 61,623	$ 99,236

XML

Segments and Geographical Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Segment Reporting Information, by Segment

These reportable operating segments are based on how our CODM views and evaluates our operations as well as allocation of resources. The following information relates to these segments (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Net Revenues	2014		2013		2012
Clear Aligner
Invisalign Full Products	$	585,721	$	497,507	$	434,432
Invisalign Express Products	80,598		72,418		51,486
Invisalign non-case revenues	46,230		44,724		30,663
Scanner
Scanners and Services	49,104		45,557		43,460
Total net revenues	$	761,653	$	660,206	$	560,041
Gross Profit
Clear Aligner	$	562,889	$	484,835	$	405,970
Scanners and Services	15,554		13,271		10,418
Total gross profit	$	578,443	$	498,106	$	416,388

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets, by Geographical Areas

Net revenues and tangible long-lived assets are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Net revenues1:
United States	$	532,569	$	491,410	$	427,929
the Netherlands	156,817		122,494		105,942
Other international	72,267		46,302		26,170
Total net revenues	$	761,653	$	660,206	$	560,041

¹ Net revenues are attributed to countries based on location of where revenue is recognized.

	As of December 31,
	2014		2013
Long-lived assets 2:
United States	$	76,511	$	61,439
Mexico	6,229		6,291
the Netherlands	874		1,630
Other international	6,511		6,383
Total long-lived assets	$	90,125	$	75,743

² Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

XML

Segments and Geographical Information - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014 Segment
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Number of reportable segments	2

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Activity Under Stock Option Plans (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options
Outstanding beginning balance (shares)	1,321
Granted (shares)	0
Exercised (shares)	(648)
Cancelled or expired (shares)	(5)
Outstanding ending balance (shares)	668
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013 (shares)	668
Exercisable at December 31, 2013 (shares)	655
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
Outstanding beginning balance (usd per share)	$ 16.08
Granted (usd per share)	$ 0.00
Exercised (usd per share)	$ 16.58
Cancelled or expired (usd per share)	$ 18.32
Outstanding ending balance (usd per share)	$ 15.57
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013 (usd per share)	$ 15.57
Exercisable at December 31, 2013 (usd per share)	$ 15.43
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014	2 years 11 months 1 day
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014	2 years 11 months 1 day
Exercisable at December 31, 2014	2 years 11 months 1 day
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014	$ 26,933
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014	26,930
Exercisable at December 31, 2014	$ 26,504

XML

Segments and Geographical Information - Long-Lived Assets by Geographic Area (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	$ 90,125	[1]	$ 75,743	[1]
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	76,511	[1]	61,439	[1]
Mexico
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	6,229	[1]	6,291	[1]
the Netherlands
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	874	[1]	1,630	[1]
Other international
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	$ 6,511	[1]	$ 6,383	[1]

[1] Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2009
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 1,733	$ 3,167			$ 1,500
Additions (reductions) to Costs and Expenses	6,563	2,116		4,417
Write offs	(6,733)	(3,550)		(2,735)
Charged to Other Accounts	0	0		0
Reclassification from Other Accounts	0	0		(15)
Balance at End of Period	1,563	1,733		3,167	1,500
Allowance for deferred tax assets
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period	35,108	27,056			20,224
Additions (reductions) to Costs and Expenses	(1,793)	9,806		8,507
Write offs	(817)	(1,754)		(1,675)
Charged to Other Accounts		0	[1]	0
Reclassification from Other Accounts		0		0
Balance at End of Period	$ 32,498	$ 35,108		$ 27,056	$ 20,224

[1] {F|ahBzfndlYmZpbGluZ3MtaHJkcmoLEgZYTUxEb2MiXlhCUkxEb2NHZW5JbmZvOjVkZGYwZWFkZjU4ZTRjNGE5ZGFlOTc4MTZkNjllZWRkfFRleHRTZWxlY3Rpb246OTJDRjdDNTQ0RjE1OUQ5MjA5MkM0RkM4ODBGMkQyRDEM}

XML

Net Profit per Share - Computation of Basic and Diluted Net Profit Per Share Attributable to Common Stock (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Numerator:
Net income	$ 145,832	$ 64,295	$ 58,691
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic (shares)	80,754	80,551	80,529
Dilutive effect of potential common stock (shares)	1,529	2,038	2,511
Total shares, diluted (shares)	82,283	82,589	83,040
Net income per share, basic (usd per share)	$ 1.81	$ 0.80	$ 0.73
Net income per share, diluted (usd per share)	$ 1.77	$ 0.78	$ 0.71

XML

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Investments, All Other Investments [Abstract]

Short-Term And Long-Term Marketable Securities

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the estimated fair value of our short-term and long-term investments, classified as available for sale, are as follows (in thousands):

Short-term

December 31, 2014	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Commercial paper	$	33,998	$	—	$	—		$	33,998
Corporate bonds	152,055		27		(116		)	151,966
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	901		—		—			901
Municipal securities	9,147		13		—			9,160
U.S. government agency bonds	41,574		14		(1		)	41,587
U.S. government treasury bonds	15,770		7		—			15,777
Certificates of Deposit	1,398		—		—			1,398
Total Marketable Securities, Short-Term	$	254,843	$	61	$	(117	)	$	254,787

Long-term

December 31, 2014	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds	$	48,233	$	12	$	(28	)	$	48,217
Corporate bonds	57,195		6		(112		)	57,089
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	523		—		(2		)	521
U.S. government treasury bonds	20,814		5		(6		)	20,813
Municipal securities	9,552		5		(6		)	9,551
Asset-backed securities	11,713		—		(12		)	11,701
Total Marketable Securities, Long-Term	$	148,030	$	28	$	(166	)	$	147,892

Short-term

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Commercial paper	$	54,318	$	10	$	—		$	54,328
Corporate bonds	29,079		10		(4		)	29,085
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	13,959		12		—			13,971
Municipal securities	7,006		11		(3		)	7,014
U.S. government agency bonds	16,693		10		—			16,703
Asset-backed securities	5,937		2		—			5,939
Total Marketable Securities, Short-Term	$	126,992	$	55	$	(7	)	$	127,040

Long-term

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds	$	38,138	$	1	$	(21	)	$	38,118
Corporate bonds	23,308		14		(9		)	23,313
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	19,485		27		(17		)	19,495
U.S. government treasury bonds	6,916		3		—			6,919
Municipal securities	8,326		13		(8		)	8,331
Asset-backed securities	5,800		4		(2		)	5,802
Total Marketable Securities, Long-Term	$	101,973	$	62	$	(57	)	$	101,978

Marketable Securities

As the carrying value approximates the fair value for our short-term and long-term marketable securities shown in the tables above, the following table summarizes the fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities classified by maturity as of December 31, 2014 and 2013  (in thousands):

	December 31,		December 31,
	2014		2013
One year or less	$	254,787	$	127,040
Due in greater than one year	147,892		101,978
Total available for short-term and long-term marketable securities	$	402,679	$	229,018

Financial Assets Measured At Fair Value On A Recurring Basis

The following tables summarizes our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

Description	Balance as of December 31, 2014		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	80,786	$	80,786	$	—
Commercial paper	21,997		—		21,997
Corporate bonds	1,745		—		1,745
Short-term investments:
Commercial paper	33,998		—		33,998
Corporate bonds	151,966		—		151,966
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	901		—		901
Municipal securities	9,160		—		9,160
U.S. government agency bonds	41,587		—		41,587
U.S. government treasury bonds	15,777		15,777		—
Certificate of Deposits	1,398		—		1,398
Long-term investments:
Corporate bonds	57,089		—		57,089
U.S. government agency bonds	48,217		—		48,217
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	521		—		521
U.S. government treasury bonds	20,813		20,813		—
Municipal securities	9,551		—		9,551
Asset-backed securities	11,701		—		11,701
Long-term other assets:
Israeli funds	2,307		—		2,307
	$	509,514	$	117,376	$	392,138

Description	Balance as of December 31, 2013		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	143,540	$	143,540	$	—
Commercial paper	15,398		—		15,398
Short-term investments:
Commercial paper	54,328		—		54,328
Corporate bonds	29,085		—		29,085
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	13,971		—		13,971
Municipal securities	7,014		—		7,014
U.S. government agency bonds	16,703		—		16,703
Asset-backed securities	5,939		—		5,939
Long-term investments:
Corporate bonds	23,313		—		23,313
U.S. government agency bonds	38,118		—		38,118
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	19,495		—		19,495
U.S. government treasury bonds	6,919		6,919		—
Municipal securities	8,331		—		8,331
Asset-backed securities	5,802		—		5,802
Long-term other assets:
Israeli funds	2,193		—		2,193
	$	390,149	$	150,459	$	239,690

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Total Estimated Annual Future Amortization Expense for the Acquired Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 2,600
2015	2,600
2016	2,600
2017	2,600
2018	2,600
Thereafter	7,687
Total	$ 20,687	$ 23,739

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Accrued Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]
Accrued payroll and benefits	$ 44,610	$ 43,029
Accrued sales rebate	11,110	10,100
Accrued sales tax and value added tax	5,456	6,215
Accrued sales and marketing expenses	5,979	3,893
Accrued warranty	3,148	3,104
Accrued accounts payable	5,736	4,053
Accrued professional fees	2,494	1,892
Accrued income taxes	2,027	1,205
Other	7,320	6,854
Total current accrued liabilities	$ 87,880	$ 80,345

XML

Segments and Geographical Information - Net Revenues by Geographic Area (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net revenues	$ 761,653	[1]	$ 660,206	[1]	$ 560,041	[1]
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net revenues	532,569	[1]	491,410	[1]	427,929	[1]
the Netherlands
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net revenues	156,817	[1]	122,494	[1]	105,942	[1]
Other international
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net revenues	$ 72,267	[1]	$ 46,302	[1]	$ 26,170	[1]

[1] 2 Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

XML

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements - Marketable Securities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Investments, All Other Investments [Abstract]
One year or less	$ 254,787	$ 127,040
One year through two years	147,892	101,978
Marketable Securities	$ 402,679	$ 229,018

XML

Credit Facilities - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Mar. 22, 2013
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Line of credit, available borrowings		$ 50,000,000
Current borrowing capacity		10,000,000
Minimum unrestricted cash balance requirement	50,000,000
Interest rate on borrowings at LIBOR plus, minimum	1.75%
Interest rate on borrowings at LIBOR plus, maximum	1.75%
Line of credit, amount outstanding	$ 0

XML

Income Taxes - Differences Between Income Taxes Using Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate and Effective Tax Rate (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1.60%	2.50%	2.40%
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates	(16.40%)	(20.40%)	(20.00%)
Goodwill Impairment	0.00%	15.30%	15.20%
Amortization of stock-based compensation	1.00%	0.50%	(1.20%)
Other items not individually material	2.20%	(1.90%)	(1.00%)
Effective Income Tax Rate, Continuing Operations, Total	23.40%	31.00%	30.40%

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Weighted-Average Assumptions Used in the Monte Carlo Simulation (Detail) (Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term (in years)	3 years	3 years	3 years
Expected volatility	46.00%	47.00%	54.00%
Risk-free interest rate	0.70%	0.40%	0.40%
Expected dividends	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date (usd per share)	$ 50.46	$ 35.49	$ 29.45

XML

Business Combinations - Summary of Allocation of the Preliminary Purchase Price Parenthetical (Detail)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 29, 2011	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Trademarks
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles		15 years	15 years
Existing technology
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	13 years	13 years	13 years
Customer Relationships [Member]
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	11 years	11 years	11 years
Minimum
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles		1 year
Minimum | Trademarks
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	1 year
Maximum
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles		15 years
Maximum | Trademarks
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	15 years

XML

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Investments, All Other Investments [Abstract]

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the estimated fair value of our short-term and long-term investments, classified as available for sale, are as follows (in thousands):

Short-term

December 31, 2014	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Commercial paper	$	33,998	$	—	$	—		$	33,998
Corporate bonds	152,055		27		(116		)	151,966
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	901		—		—			901
Municipal securities	9,147		13		—			9,160
U.S. government agency bonds	41,574		14		(1		)	41,587
U.S. government treasury bonds	15,770		7		—			15,777
Certificates of Deposit	1,398		—		—			1,398
Total Marketable Securities, Short-Term	$	254,843	$	61	$	(117	)	$	254,787

Long-term

December 31, 2014	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds	$	48,233	$	12	$	(28	)	$	48,217
Corporate bonds	57,195		6		(112		)	57,089
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	523		—		(2		)	521
U.S. government treasury bonds	20,814		5		(6		)	20,813
Municipal securities	9,552		5		(6		)	9,551
Asset-backed securities	11,713		—		(12		)	11,701
Total Marketable Securities, Long-Term	$	148,030	$	28	$	(166	)	$	147,892

Short-term

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Commercial paper	$	54,318	$	10	$	—		$	54,328
Corporate bonds	29,079		10		(4		)	29,085
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	13,959		12		—			13,971
Municipal securities	7,006		11		(3		)	7,014
U.S. government agency bonds	16,693		10		—			16,703
Asset-backed securities	5,937		2		—			5,939
Total Marketable Securities, Short-Term	$	126,992	$	55	$	(7	)	$	127,040

Long-term

December 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
U.S. government agency bonds	$	38,138	$	1	$	(21	)	$	38,118
Corporate bonds	23,308		14		(9		)	23,313
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds	19,485		27		(17		)	19,495
U.S. government treasury bonds	6,916		3		—			6,919
Municipal securities	8,326		13		(8		)	8,331
Asset-backed securities	5,800		4		(2		)	5,802
Total Marketable Securities, Long-Term	$	101,973	$	62	$	(57	)	$	101,978

For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, realized losses were immaterial. Cash and cash equivalents were not included in the table above as the gross unrealized gains and losses were not material. We have no material short-term or long-term investments that have been in continuous unrealized loss positions for greater than twelve months as of December 31, 2014. Amounts reclassified to earnings from unrealized gain or losses were immaterial in 2014 and 2013.

Our fixed-income securities investment portfolio consists of corporate bonds, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds, commercial paper, municipal securities, U.S. government agency bonds and asset-backed securities that have a maximum maturity of two years. The securities that we invest in are generally deemed to be low risk based on their credit ratings from the major rating agencies. The longer the duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. The unrealized losses are due primarily to changes in credit spreads and interest rates. We expect to realize the full value of all these investments upon maturity or sale.  The weighted average remaining duration of these securities was approximately 10 months and 11 months as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As the carrying value approximates the fair value for our short-term and long-term marketable securities shown in the tables above, the following table summarizes the fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities classified by maturity as of December 31, 2014 and 2013  (in thousands):

	December 31,		December 31,
	2014		2013
One year or less	$	254,787	$	127,040
Due in greater than one year	147,892		101,978
Total available for short-term and long-term marketable securities	$	402,679	$	229,018

Fair Value Measurements

We measure the fair value of our cash equivalents and marketable securities as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  We use the U.S. GAAP fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  This hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Our Level 1 assets consist of money market funds and U.S government treasury bonds. We did not hold any Level 1 liabilities as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Our Level 2 assets consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government agency bonds, certificate of deposits, asset-backed securities, and our Israeli funds that are mainly invested in insurance policies. We obtain these fair values for level 2 investments from our asset manager for each of our portfolios. Our custody bank and asset managers independently use professional pricing services to gather pricing data which may include quoted market prices for identical or comparable financial instruments, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, and we are ultimately responsible for these underlying estimates.

We did not hold any Level 2 liabilities as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.  Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow ("DCF") methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

We did not hold any Level 3 assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

During 2013, we recorded an impairment charge to our long-lived assets and goodwill of $26.3 million and $40.7 million, respectively, related to our Scanner and Services ("Scanner") reporting unit as a triggering event occurred and circumstances changed that led us to perform an impairment analysis prior to our annual test which required us to determine the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit (Refer to Note 5). These fair value measurements were calculated using unobservable inputs, using the income approach which is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. Inputs for the income approach includes the amount and timing of future cash flows based on our most recent operational budgets, strategic plans, terminal growth rates assumptions and other estimates.

The following tables summarizes our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

Description	Balance as of December 31, 2014		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	80,786	$	80,786	$	—
Commercial paper	21,997		—		21,997
Corporate bonds	1,745		—		1,745
Short-term investments:
Commercial paper	33,998		—		33,998
Corporate bonds	151,966		—		151,966
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	901		—		901
Municipal securities	9,160		—		9,160
U.S. government agency bonds	41,587		—		41,587
U.S. government treasury bonds	15,777		15,777		—
Certificate of Deposits	1,398		—		1,398
Long-term investments:
Corporate bonds	57,089		—		57,089
U.S. government agency bonds	48,217		—		48,217
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	521		—		521
U.S. government treasury bonds	20,813		20,813		—
Municipal securities	9,551		—		9,551
Asset-backed securities	11,701		—		11,701
Long-term other assets:
Israeli funds	2,307		—		2,307
	$	509,514	$	117,376	$	392,138

Description	Balance as of December 31, 2013		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	143,540	$	143,540	$	—
Commercial paper	15,398		—		15,398
Short-term investments:
Commercial paper	54,328		—		54,328
Corporate bonds	29,085		—		29,085
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	13,971		—		13,971
Municipal securities	7,014		—		7,014
U.S. government agency bonds	16,703		—		16,703
Asset-backed securities	5,939		—		5,939
Long-term investments:
Corporate bonds	23,313		—		23,313
U.S. government agency bonds	38,118		—		38,118
U.S. dollar denominated foreign corporate bonds	19,495		—		19,495
U.S. government treasury bonds	6,919		6,919		—
Municipal securities	8,331		—		8,331
Asset-backed securities	5,802		—		5,802
Long-term other assets:
Israeli funds	2,193		—		2,193
	$	390,149	$	150,459	$	239,690

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Weighted Average Assumptions Used for the Fair Value of the Option Component of the Purchase Plan Shares Estimated at Grant Date Using Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (Detail) (Employee Stock Purchase Plan, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term (in years)	1 year 2 months 12 days	1 year 2 months 12 days	1 year 2 months 12 days
Expected volatility	38.80%	44.90%	49.70%
Risk-free interest rate	0.20%	0.20%	0.20%
Expected dividends	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Weighted average fair value at grant date (usd per share)	$ 17.15	$ 11.69	$ 11.10

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Warranty Accrual Activity (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Movement in Standard Product Warranty Accrual [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 3,104	$ 4,050
Charged to cost of revenues	1,990	2,850
Actual warranty expenditures	(1,946)	(3,796)
Balance at end of period	$ 3,148	$ 3,104

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Stock-based Compensation Expense

The stock-based compensation related to all of our stock-based awards and employee stock purchases for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Cost of net revenues	$	3,616	$	2,565	$	1,843
Sales and marketing	11,646		7,093		5,581
General and administrative	17,979		13,261		10,361
Research and development	6,582		3,519		3,698
Total stock-based compensation	$	39,823	$	26,438	$	21,483

Stock Option Activity

Activity for the year ended December 31, 2014, under the stock option plans are set forth below (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Stock Options
	Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years )	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013	1,321		16.08
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(648	)	16.58
Cancelled or expired	(5	)	18.32
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,933
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,930
Exercisable at December 31, 2014	655		$	15.43	2.92	$	26,504

Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award Fair Value Assumptions Method Used

The following weighted-average assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Expected term (in years)	3			3			3
Expected volatility	46.0		%	47.0		%	54.0		%
Risk-free interest rate	0.7		%	0.4		%	0.4		%
Expected dividends	—			—			—
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date	$	50.46		$	35.49		$	29.45

2001 Purchase Plan

Weighted Average Assumptions Used for the Fair Value of Options Component of Purchase Plan Granted Estimated at Grant Date

The fair value of the option component of the Purchase Plan shares was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
Expected term (in years)	1.2			1.2			1.2
Expected volatility	38.8		%	44.9		%	49.7		%
Risk-free interest rate	0.2		%	0.2		%	0.2		%
Expected dividends	—			—			—
Weighted average fair value at grant date	$	17.15		$	11.69		$	11.10

Stock Option

Weighted Average Assumptions Used for the Fair Value of Options Component of Purchase Plan Granted Estimated at Grant Date

Activity for the year ended December 31, 2014, under the stock option plans are set forth below (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Stock Options
	Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years )	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013	1,321		16.08
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(648	)	16.58
Cancelled or expired	(5	)	18.32
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,933
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,930
Exercisable at December 31, 2014	655		$	15.43	2.92	$	26,504

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

Summary Of Nonvested Shares

A summary for the year ended December 31, 2014, is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Shares Underlying  RSUs		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Weighted Remaining Vesting Period (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested as of December 31, 2013	2,044		$	31.88
Granted	981		53.72
Vested and released	(728	)	30.22
Forfeited	(173	)	37.59
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	2,124		$	42.08	1.33	$	118,727

Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units

Summary Of Nonvested Shares

The following table summarizes the MSU performance as of December 31, 2014:

	Number of  Shares Underlying MSUs (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	Weighted  Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years )	Aggregate Intrinsic  Value (in thousands)
Nonvested as of December 31, 2013	307		31.96
Granted	244		50.46
Vested and released	(53	)	22.41
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	498		42.00	1.38	$	27,815

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Future Lease Payments

Minimum future lease payments for non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Operating leases
2015	$	9,130
2016	8,293
2017	4,659
2018	1,545
2019	209
Thereafter	210
Total minimum lease payments	$	24,046

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Stock-Based Awards and Employee Stock Purchases (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 39,823	$ 26,438	$ 21,483
Cost of revenues
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	3,616	2,565	1,843
Sales and marketing
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	11,646	7,093	5,581
General and administrative
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	17,979	13,261	10,361
Research and development
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 6,582	$ 3,519	$ 3,698

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]
Scanners, Warranty period	1 year

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Income before Income Tax, Domestic and Foreign

Income before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Domestic	$	94,784	$	31,993	$	32,341
Foreign	95,585		61,146		51,955
Total Income before provision for income taxes	$	190,369	$	93,139	$	84,296

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
Federal
Current	$	1,569	$	26		$	—
Deferred	37,570		24,262			22,382
	39,139		24,288			22,382
State
Current	2,162		1,235			438
Deferred	971		1,158			1,486
	3,133		2,393			1,924
Foreign
Current	1,596		3,113			1,173
Deferred	669		(950		)	126
	2,265		2,163			1,299
Provision for income taxes	$	44,537	$	28,844		$	25,605

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

The differences between income taxes using the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and our effective tax rate were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1.6		2.5		2.4
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates	(16.4	)	(20.4	)	(20.0	)
Goodwill Impairment	—		15.3		15.2
Stock-based compensation	1.0		0.5		(1.2	)
Other items not individually material	2.2		(1.9	)	(1.0	)
	23.4	%	31.0	%	30.4	%

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards	$	33,202		$	39,978
Credit carryforwards	1,446			9,362
Reserves and accruals	32,888			26,729
Translation gains	637			48
Stock-based compensation	11,964			9,100
	80,137			85,217
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses	709			557
Depreciation and amortization	6,878			5,320
	7,587			5,877
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance	72,550			79,340
Valuation allowance	(32,498		)	(35,108		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	40,052		$	44,232

Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits Rollforward

The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, for fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, is as follows (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2011	$	15,472
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	5,087
Tax positions related to prior year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	80
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2012	20,639
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	6,110
Tax positions related to prior year:
Decreases for uncertain tax positions	(81		)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2013	26,668
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	6,659
Tax positions related to prior year:
Decreases for uncertain tax positions	(260		)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2014	$	33,067

XML

Net Profit per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule Of Earnings Per Share Basic And Diluted

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stock (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Numerator:
Net income	$	145,832	$	64,295	$	58,691
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic	80,754		80,551		80,529
Dilutive effect of potential common stock	1,529		2,038		2,511
Total shares, diluted	82,283		82,589		83,040
Net income per share, basic	$	1.81	$	0.80	$	0.73
Net income per share, diluted	$	1.77	$	0.78	$	0.71

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description

Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, or “Align”) was incorporated in April 1997 in Delaware and focuses on designing, manufacturing and marketing innovative, technology-rich products to help dental professionals achieve the clinical results they expect and deliver effective, convenient cutting-edge dental treatment options to their patients. We are headquartered in San Jose, California with offices worldwide.  Our international headquarters are located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We have two operating segments, (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System, and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intra-oral scanner and OrthoCAD services.

Basis of presentation and preparation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.  Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported gross profit or financial position.

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, we evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date through the financial statement issuance date and determined that all material transactions have been recorded and disclosed properly.

Out of period adjustment

In 2013, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in decreases in cost of net revenues of approximately $1.7 million and operating expense of $0.7 million offset in part by an increase in the provision for income taxes of $0.5 million. We do not believe the increase of $1.9 million to net income related to the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

In 2014, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in an increase in the provision for income taxes of $1.8 million. We do not believe the decrease to net income related to the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to the fair values of financial instruments, intangible assets and goodwill, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, stock-based compensation, revenue recognition, income taxes, and contingent liabilities, among others.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts of our cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair value.

We measure our cash equivalents, marketable securities, and our Israeli severance fund at fair value.  Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1— Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2— Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider currency on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.

Restricted cash

Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2014 was $3.8 million, of which $3.6 million was classified as a long term asset and $0.2 million as a current asset. Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2013 was $4.0 million and was classified as a long term asset. The restricted cash primarily consisted of funds reserved for legal requirements.

Marketable securities

We invest primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposits.

Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value.  Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities of less than one year.  Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net in stockholders’ equity.  Realized gains and losses from maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method.  Realized gains or losses and charges for other-than-temporary declines in value, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in Interest and other income (expense), net as incurred.  We periodically evaluate these investments for other-than-temporary impairment.

Foreign currency

For our international subsidiaries where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, we analyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the primary economic currency has changed.  Adjustments from translating certain European and Asia Pacific subsidiaries’ financial statements from the local currency to the U.S. dollar are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  This foreign currency translation adjustment reflects the translation of the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at an average exchange rate in effect during the period.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no material amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income, net related to the translation of our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements.

Our other international entities operate in a U.S. dollar functional currency environment, and therefore, the foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into the U.S. dollar at current exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities which are remeasured at historical exchange rates.  Revenues and expenses are generally remeasured at an average exchange rate in effect during each period.  Gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement are included in Interest and other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had foreign currency net losses of $3.8 million. For year ended December 31, 2013, foreign currency gains and losses were not significant.

Certain risks and uncertainties

Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to market and develop our products.  The life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate due, in part, to the effect of future product enhancements and competition.  Our inability to successfully develop and market our products as a result of competition or other factors would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our cash and investments are held primarily by two financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable.  We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds of major financial institutions, U.S. government agencies, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds and domestic corporate bonds.  If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.  Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. economy.  We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business.  Collateral is not required for accounts receivable, but ongoing evaluations of customers’ credit worthiness are performed.  We maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations.  No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 or 2013, or net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, or 2012.

In the U.S., the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates the design, manufacture, distribution, pre-clinical and clinical study, clearance and approval of medical devices.  Products developed by us may require approvals or clearances from the FDA or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercialized sales.  There can be no assurance that our products will receive any of the required approvals or clearances.  If we were denied approval or clearance or such approval was delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on us.

We have manufacturing operations located outside the U.S.  We currently rely on our manufacturing facility in Costa Rica to prepare digital treatment plans using a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program.  In addition, we manufacture our clear aligners and distribute our intra-oral scanners at our facility in Juarez, Mexico, and we produce our handheld scanner wand in Or Yehuda, Israel.  Our reliance on international operations exposes us to related risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in staffing and managing international operations such as hiring and retaining qualified personnel; controlling production volume and quality of manufacture; political, social and economic instability, particularly as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico and Israel; interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services; product and material transportation delays or disruption; trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; import and export license requirements and restrictions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and potential adverse tax consequences.  If any of these risks materialize, our international manufacturing operations, as well as our operating results, may be harmed.

We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers.  Additionally, we rely on a limited number of hardware manufacturers.  The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed using either standard cost (which approximates actual cost) or average and actual cost on a first-in-first-out basis.  Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of revenues.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to ten years. We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. We depreciate buildings over periods up to 20 years. Land is not depreciated. Construction in progress ("CIP") is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use.  Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the general ledger and any related gains or losses are reflected in operating expenses.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and finite-lived acquired intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of the Cadent acquisition.  These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to fifteen years, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill.

Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit.  We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the present value of estimated future cash flows under the income approach of the reporting units as well as various price or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results along with the appropriate control premium under the marketing approach, both of which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy (as described in Note 2 in our consolidated financial statements).  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill.  Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss.

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists ("GPs") in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 31, 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner goodwill. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

The remaining goodwill is entirely attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we performed the annual goodwill impairment testing using the qualitative approach discussed above and found no impairment as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value.

Finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable.  An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows the asset or asset group is expected to generate.  If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value.  Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. In 2013, we used a DCF approach, utilizing harvest model, to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of a business, and is most consistent with the approach of a marketplace participant would use. The estimation of fair value utilizing a DCF approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Key assumptions used in measuring the fair values of Scanner reporting unit included the discount rate (based on the weighted-average cost of capital) and revenue growth. The fair value of Scanner’s trademark was determined using a risk-adjusted DCF model under the relief-from-royalty method. The royalty rate used was based on a consideration of market rates. The fair value of Scanner’s finite-lived customer relationships was determined using a DCF model under the multi-period excess earnings method. We recorded a long-lived asset impairment in the quarter ended March 31, 2013 due to changes in the competitive environment for our intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner asset group. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

There were no further triggering events in 2014 that would cause further impairments of our long-lived assets.

Development costs for internal use software

Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we are customizing to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. In 2014, we started an enterprise resource planning ("ERP") project which we have capitalized $2.6 million of costs as of December 31, 2014 which is included in construction in progress ("CIP"). When the ERP is placed into production, these costs will be amortized over 10 years. Internal development costs for internal use software for 2013 were not material.

The costs to develop software that is marketed externally have not been capitalized as we believe our current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility. As such, all related software development costs are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expense in our consolidated statement of operations.

Product Warranty

Clear Aligner

We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the Invisalign case is complete. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.  Actual warranty costs could differ materially from the estimated amounts. We regularly review the accrued balances and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends. 

Scanners and Services

We warrant our intra-oral scanners for a period of one year, which include materials and labor.  We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs.  An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Returns

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts, for customers that are not able to make payments, and for sales returns.  We periodically review these allowances, including an analysis of the customers’ payment history and information regarding the customers’ creditworthiness, as well as historical sales returns as a percentage of revenue.  Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowance.

Revenue Recognition

We measure and allocate revenue according to the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force.  

Multiple-Element Arrangements (“MEAs”): Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products/equipment and services.  The deliverables included in the MEAs are separated into more than one unit of accounting when (i) the delivered product/equipment has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) delivery of the undelivered service element(s) is probable and substantially in our control.  Arrangement consideration is then allocated to each unit, delivered or undelivered, based on the relative selling price (“RSP”) of each unit of accounting based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, and on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE or TPE exist.

• VSOE – In most instances, products are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements.  Services are also sold separately through renewals of contracts with varying periods.  We determine VSOE based on its pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s).

• TPE – If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold.

• BESP – The best estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis.  When VSOE or TPE do not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on its pricing practices.  Adjustments for other market and Company-specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP.

Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are provided for in the same period that the related product sales are recorded based upon historical discounts and rebates.

Clear Aligner

We enter into arrangements (“treatment plans”) that involve multiple future product deliverables.  Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist include up to three optional case refinements. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position.  Case refinement may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment however it is generally ordered in the last stages of orthodontic treatment.  Beginning June 15, 2013, Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen also include up to three optional mid-course corrections. Mid-course correction is a treatment adjustment during active treatment if the case is not tracking to the original treatment plan or goals. Mid-course correction gives doctors the ability to "adjust course' based on the needs of the individual patient. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered any time throughout treatment.

We determined that our treatment plans, except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverables which also represent separate units of accounting: single-batched aligners, case refinement, mid-course correction and replacement aligners.  We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon the delivery of each unit in the treatment plan. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates.

For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (“a batch”). We estimate the number of batches which are expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience.  The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.

Prior to 2013, the Vivera Retainer included four shipments per year, and revenue was recognized ratably as each shipment occurred. In the first quarter of 2013, we consolidated Vivera Retainer product shipments down to one shipment per year.

Scanners and Services

We recognize revenues from the sales of iTero intra-oral scanners and CAD/CAM services. CAD/CAM services include scanning services, extended warranty for the intra-oral scanners, a range of iTero restorative services, and OrthoCAD services such as OrthoCAD iRecord. We sell intra-oral scanners and services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners.  The intra-oral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and for additional fees, the customer may select an unlimited scanning service agreement over a fixed period of time or extended warranty periods.  Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, title and risk of loss has passed to customers based on the shipping terms, no significant obligations remain, and allowances for discounts, returns, and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. When intra-oral scanners are sold with either an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price.  We estimate the selling price of each element, as if it is sold on a stand-alone basis, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies. Scanner revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when products or equipment have been shipped, installed and on-site training completed.   For certain distributors who provide installation and training to the customer, we recognize scanner revenue when the intra-oral scanner is shipped to the distributor assuming all of the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Discounts are deducted from revenue at the time of sale or when the discount is offered, whichever is later, and free cases or training is included as a deliverable in the multiple-element arrangement assessment. Returns of products, excluding warranty related returns, are infrequent and insignificant.

Service revenue, including iTero restorative and all OrthoCAD services are recognized upon delivery or ratably over the contract term as the specified services are performed. If a customer selects a pay per use basis for scanning service fees, the revenue is recognized as the service is provided.

We offer customers an option to purchase extended warranties on certain products. We recognize revenue on these extended warranty contracts ratably over the life of the contract. The costs associated with these extended warranty contracts are recognized when incurred.     

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling charges to customers are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in cost of revenues.

Legal Proceedings and Litigations

We are involved in legal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated liability in our financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflect the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range.

Research and development

Research and development expense is expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, outside consulting expenses, costs associated with conducting clinical and pre-commercialization trial and testing, allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT costs, equipment costs and depreciation and amortization.

Advertising costs

The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 advertising costs totaled $26.9 million, $26.0 million and $23.6 million, respectively.

Common stock repurchase

We repurchase our own common stock from time to time in the open market when our Board of Directors approve a stock repurchase program. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total repurchase value that are in excess over par between additional paid in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.

Operating leases

We currently lease office spaces, automobiles and equipment under operating leases with original lease periods of up to 9 years.  Certain of these leases have free or escalating rent payment provisions and lease incentives provided by the landlord. We recognize rent expense under such leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as certain leases have adjustments for market provisions.

Income taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. The available positive evidence at December 31, 2014 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2014, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain foreign loss carryovers as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2014, U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were not provided for on a cumulative total of $260.9 million. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in our foreign subsidiaries. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credit, and foreign withholding taxes. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

Accounting guidance for stock-based compensation prohibits recognition of a deferred income tax asset for excess tax benefits due to stock option exercises that have not yet been realized through a reduction in income taxes payable. We follow the tax law ordering method to determine when excess tax benefits have been realized and consider only the direct impacts of awards when calculating the amount of windfalls or shortfalls.

Stock-based compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for only those shares ultimately expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return.  In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited.  Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.  As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

For an entity in which we have variable interests, we focus on identifying which entity has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and which enterprise has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the variable interest entity. If we are the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the variable interest entity will be included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. For fiscal year 2014, 2013 and 2012, we did not have any material variable interest entities and did not consolidate any variable interest entities, because we are not a primary beneficiary.

Medical Device Excise Taxes

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, effective January 1, 2013, we began to incur an excise tax on sales of medical devices in the U.S. In March 2014, we were informed by IRS that our aligners are not subject to the medical device excise tax ("MDET") which we had been paying and expensing in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations since January 1, 2013; however, our scanners are still subject to the MDET. Beginning in March 2014, we ceased expensing and paying the MDET for aligners. We are currently in process of claiming a $6.8 million refund of MDET paid in 2013 related to our aligners; however, because this claim is subject to review and approval by the IRS, we have not recorded a receivable as the outcome of the audit is uncertain. Any future changes in the applicability of the MDET as it applies to us or refunds of amounts previously paid will be recorded as an additional expense or a credit to the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which is becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income, including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported net of their related tax effect.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” requiring an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The updated standard becomes effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. We have not yet selected a transition method and we are currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Supplemental Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Schedule of Cash Flow, Supplemental Disclosures

The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Taxes paid	$	5,666	$	4,125	$	2,825
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fixed assets acquired with accounts payable or accrued liabilities	$	4,899	$	2,308	$	940
Unclaimed merger consideration liability	$	—	$	—	$	1,575

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Inventories (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 8,143	$ 5,172
Work in process	2,970	4,241
Finished goods	4,815	4,555
Inventories	$ 15,928	$ 13,968

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Total rent expense	$ 7.6	$ 7.3	$ 6.9

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Supplemental Cash Flow Information [Abstract]
Taxes paid	$ 5,666	$ 4,125	$ 2,825
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fixed assets acquired with accounts payable or accrued liabilities	4,899	2,308	940
Unclaimed merger consideration liability	$ 0	$ 0	$ 1,575

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net revenues	$ 761,653	[1]	$ 660,206	[1]	$ 560,041	[1]
Cost of revenues	183,210		162,100		143,653
Gross profit	578,443		498,106		416,388
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing	217,262		180,046		152,041
General and administrative	114,806		112,752		99,295
Research and development	52,799		44,083		42,869
Impairment of goodwill	0		40,693		36,591
Impairment of long lived assets	0		26,320		0
Total operating expenses	384,867		403,894		330,796
Income from operations	193,576		94,212		85,592
Interest and other income (expense), net	(3,207)		(1,073)		(1,296)
Net income before provision for income taxes	190,369		93,139		84,296
Provision for income taxes	44,537		28,844		25,605
Net income	$ 145,832		$ 64,295		$ 58,691
Net income per share:
Basic (usd per share)	$ 1.81		$ 0.80		$ 0.73
Diluted (usd per share)	$ 1.77		$ 0.78		$ 0.71
Shares used in computing net income per share:
Basic (shares)	80,754		80,551		80,529
Diluted (shares)	82,283		82,589		83,040

[1] 2 Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

XML

Business Combinations - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended	0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Apr. 29, 2011	Apr. 30, 2013
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	$ 0	$ 7,652,000	$ 0
Goodwill	61,369,000	61,623,000	99,236,000		99,236,000		99,236,000
Impairment of goodwill	0	40,693,000	36,591,000
Gross profit	578,443,000	498,106,000	416,388,000
Scanners and CAD/CAM Services
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill	0	0	40,693,000		40,693,000		40,693,000
Impairment of goodwill		40,693,000	36,600,000	40,700,000	11,900,000	24,700,000	36,600,000
Gross profit	15,554,000	13,271,000	10,418,000
Clear Aligner
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill	61,369,000	61,623,000	58,543,000		58,543,000		58,543,000
Impairment of goodwill		0
Gross profit	562,889,000	484,835,000	405,970,000
Cadent [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition, net of cash acquired								187,600,000
Goodwill								135,300,000
Cadent [Member] | Scanners and CAD/CAM Services
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill								77,300,000
Cadent [Member] | Clear Aligner
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill								58,000,000
ICA Holdings Pty Limited [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition, net of cash acquired									8,600,000
Goodwill									3,600,000
Assets acquired									7,400,000
Liabilities assumed									$ 2,400,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock	Additional Paid in Capital	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	Accumulated Deficit
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 490,781	$ 8	$ 607,240	$ 46	$ (116,513)
Beginning Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2011		78,776
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	58,691				58,691
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) from available-for sale securities	28			28
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	129			129
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans (in shares)		3,565
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans	42,327	0	42,327
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units	(2,106)		(2,106)
Common stock repurchased and retired (shares)		(1,730)
Common stock repurchased and retired	(47,203)		(15,399)		(31,804)
Excess tax benefit from share based payment arrangements	17,187		17,187
Stock based compensation	21,483		21,483
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	581,317	8	670,732	203	(89,626)
Ending Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2012		80,611
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	64,295				64,295
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) from available-for sale securities	29			29
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	62			62
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans (in shares)		2,694
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans	34,196	0	34,196
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units	(4,363)		(4,363)
Common stock repurchased and retired (shares)		(2,722)
Common stock repurchased and retired	(95,107)		(24,528)		(70,579)
Excess tax benefit from share based payment arrangements	27,103		27,103
Stock based compensation	26,438		26,438
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	633,970	8	729,578	294	(95,910)
Ending Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2013		80,583
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income	145,832				145,832
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) from available-for sale securities	(238)			(238)
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	(196)			(196)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans (in shares)		1,536
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans	18,028		18,028
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units	(7,608)		(7,608)
Common stock repurchased and retired (shares)		(1,914)
Common stock repurchased and retired	(98,233)		(17,804)		(80,429)
Excess tax benefit from share based payment arrangements	21,393		21,393
Stock based compensation	39,823		39,823
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	$ 752,771	$ 8	$ 783,410	$ (140)	$ (30,507)
Ending Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2014		80,205

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Summary of Nonvested Shares (Detail) (Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Shares Underlying RSUs
Nonvested beginning balance (shares)	2,044,000
Granted (shares)	981,000
Vested and released (shares)	(727,679)
Forfeited (shares)	(173,000)
Nonvested ending balance (shares)	2,124,000
Nonvested, beginning balance (usd per share)	$ 31.88
Granted (usd per share)	$ 53.72
Vested and released (usd per share)	$ 30.22
Forfeited (usd per share)	$ 37.59
Nonvested, ending balance (usd per share)	$ 42.08
Weighted Remaining Vesting Period (in years)
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	1 year 3 months 29 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	$ 118,727

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Out of period adjustment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Net revenues	$ (761,653)	[1]	$ (660,206)	[1]	$ (560,041)	[1]
Operating expenses	384,867		403,894		330,796
Provision for income taxes	44,537		28,844		25,605
Net income	145,832		64,295		58,691
Restatement Adjustment [Member]
Net revenues			1,700
Operating expenses			(700)
Provision for income taxes			500
Net income			1,900
Out Of Period Correction [Member]
Provision for income taxes	$ 1,800

[1] 2 Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

XML

Income Taxes - Domestic and Foreign Components of Income (loss) Before Provision for Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Domestic	$ 94,784	$ 31,993	$ 32,341
Foreign	95,585	61,146	51,955
Net income before provision for income taxes	$ 190,369	$ 93,139	$ 84,296

XML

Segments and Geographical Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segments and Geographical Information

Segments and Geographical Information

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer.  We report segment information based on the management approach.  The management approach designates the internal reporting used by CODM for decision making and performance assessment as the basis for determining our reportable segments. The performance measures of our reportable segments include net revenues and gross profit.

We have grouped our operations into two reportable segments which are also our reporting units: Clear Aligner segment and Scanner segment.

• Our Clear Aligner segment consists of our Invisalign System which includes Invisalign Full, Express/Lite, Teen, Assist, Vivera Retainers, along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion.

• Our Scanner segment consists of intra-oral scanning systems and additional services available with the intra-oral scanners that provide digital alternatives to the traditional cast models.  This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services.

These reportable operating segments are based on how our CODM views and evaluates our operations as well as allocation of resources. The following information relates to these segments (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Net Revenues	2014		2013		2012
Clear Aligner
Invisalign Full Products	$	585,721	$	497,507	$	434,432
Invisalign Express Products	80,598		72,418		51,486
Invisalign non-case revenues	46,230		44,724		30,663
Scanner
Scanners and Services	49,104		45,557		43,460
Total net revenues	$	761,653	$	660,206	$	560,041
Gross Profit
Clear Aligner	$	562,889	$	484,835	$	405,970
Scanners and Services	15,554		13,271		10,418
Total gross profit	$	578,443	$	498,106	$	416,388

Geographical Information

Net revenues and tangible long-lived assets are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Net revenues1:
United States	$	532,569	$	491,410	$	427,929
the Netherlands	156,817		122,494		105,942
Other international	72,267		46,302		26,170
Total net revenues	$	761,653	$	660,206	$	560,041

¹ Net revenues are attributed to countries based on location of where revenue is recognized.

	As of December 31,
	2014		2013
Long-lived assets 2:
United States	$	76,511	$	61,439
Mexico	6,229		6,291
the Netherlands	874		1,630
Other international	6,511		6,383
Total long-lived assets	$	90,125	$	75,743

² Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

XML

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements - Short-term and Long-term Securities (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Short-term Investments
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	$ 254,843,000	$ 126,992,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	61,000	55,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(117,000)	(7,000)
Fair Value	254,787,000	127,040,000
Short-term Investments | Commercial paper
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	33,998,000	54,318,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	10,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	0
Fair Value	33,998,000	54,328,000
Short-term Investments | Corporate bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	152,055,000	29,079,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	27,000	10,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(116,000)	(4,000)
Fair Value	151,966,000	29,085,000
Short-term Investments | U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	901,000	13,959,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	12,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	0
Fair Value	901,000	13,971,000
Short-term Investments | Municipal Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	9,147,000	7,006,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	13,000	11,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	(3,000)
Fair Value	9,160,000	7,014,000
Short-term Investments | U.S. government agency bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	41,574,000	16,693,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	14,000	10,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(1,000)	0
Fair Value	41,587,000	16,703,000
Short-term Investments | Asset-backed Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	15,770,000	5,937,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	7,000	2,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	0
Fair Value	15,777,000	5,939,000
Short-term Investments | Certificates of Deposit [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	1,398,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	0
Gross Unrealized Losses	0
Fair Value	1,398,000
Long Term Investments
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	148,030,000	101,973,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	28,000	62,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(166,000)	(57,000)
Fair Value	147,892,000	101,978,000
Long Term Investments | Corporate bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	57,195,000	23,308,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	6,000	14,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(112,000)	(9,000)
Fair Value	57,089,000	23,313,000
Long Term Investments | U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	523,000	19,485,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	27,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(2,000)	(17,000)
Fair Value	521,000	19,495,000
Long Term Investments | Municipal Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	9,552,000	8,326,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	5,000	13,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(6,000)	(8,000)
Fair Value	9,551,000	8,331,000
Long Term Investments | Asset-backed Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	11,713,000	5,800,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	4,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(12,000)	(2,000)
Fair Value	11,701,000	5,802,000
Long Term Investments | US Government Agency Bonds [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	48,233,000	38,138,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	12,000	1,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(28,000)	(21,000)
Fair Value	48,217,000	38,118,000
Long Term Investments | U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	20,814,000	6,916,000
Gross Unrealized Gains	5,000	3,000
Gross Unrealized Losses	(6,000)	0
Fair Value	$ 20,813,000	$ 6,919,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Business Description

Business Description

Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, or “Align”) was incorporated in April 1997 in Delaware and focuses on designing, manufacturing and marketing innovative, technology-rich products to help dental professionals achieve the clinical results they expect and deliver effective, convenient cutting-edge dental treatment options to their patients. We are headquartered in San Jose, California with offices worldwide.  Our international headquarters are located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We have two operating segments, (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System, and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intra-oral scanner and OrthoCAD services.

Basis of presentation and preparation

Basis of presentation and preparation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.  Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported gross profit or financial position.

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, we evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date through the financial statement issuance date and determined that all material transactions have been recorded and disclosed properly.

Use of estimates

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to the fair values of financial instruments, intangible assets and goodwill, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, stock-based compensation, revenue recognition, income taxes, and contingent liabilities, among others.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts of our cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair value.

We measure our cash equivalents, marketable securities, and our Israeli severance fund at fair value.  Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1— Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2— Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider currency on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash

Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2014 was $3.8 million, of which $3.6 million was classified as a long term asset and $0.2 million as a current asset. Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2013 was $4.0 million and was classified as a long term asset. The restricted cash primarily consisted of funds reserved for legal requirements.

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities

We invest primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposits.

Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value.  Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities of less than one year.  Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net in stockholders’ equity.  Realized gains and losses from maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method.  Realized gains or losses and charges for other-than-temporary declines in value, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in Interest and other income (expense), net as incurred.  We periodically evaluate these investments for other-than-temporary impairment.

Foreign currency

Foreign currency

For our international subsidiaries where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, we analyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the primary economic currency has changed.  Adjustments from translating certain European and Asia Pacific subsidiaries’ financial statements from the local currency to the U.S. dollar are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  This foreign currency translation adjustment reflects the translation of the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at an average exchange rate in effect during the period.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no material amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income, net related to the translation of our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements.

Our other international entities operate in a U.S. dollar functional currency environment, and therefore, the foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into the U.S. dollar at current exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities which are remeasured at historical exchange rates.  Revenues and expenses are generally remeasured at an average exchange rate in effect during each period.  Gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement are included in Interest and other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had foreign currency net losses of $3.8 million. For year ended December 31, 2013, foreign currency gains and losses were not significant

Certain risks and uncertainties

Certain risks and uncertainties

Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to market and develop our products.  The life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate due, in part, to the effect of future product enhancements and competition.  Our inability to successfully develop and market our products as a result of competition or other factors would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our cash and investments are held primarily by two financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable.  We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds of major financial institutions, U.S. government agencies, U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds and domestic corporate bonds.  If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.  Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. economy.  We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business.  Collateral is not required for accounts receivable, but ongoing evaluations of customers’ credit worthiness are performed.  We maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations.  No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 or 2013, or net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, or 2012.

In the U.S., the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates the design, manufacture, distribution, pre-clinical and clinical study, clearance and approval of medical devices.  Products developed by us may require approvals or clearances from the FDA or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercialized sales.  There can be no assurance that our products will receive any of the required approvals or clearances.  If we were denied approval or clearance or such approval was delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on us.

We have manufacturing operations located outside the U.S.  We currently rely on our manufacturing facility in Costa Rica to prepare digital treatment plans using a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program.  In addition, we manufacture our clear aligners and distribute our intra-oral scanners at our facility in Juarez, Mexico, and we produce our handheld scanner wand in Or Yehuda, Israel.  Our reliance on international operations exposes us to related risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in staffing and managing international operations such as hiring and retaining qualified personnel; controlling production volume and quality of manufacture; political, social and economic instability, particularly as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico and Israel; interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services; product and material transportation delays or disruption; trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; import and export license requirements and restrictions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and potential adverse tax consequences.  If any of these risks materialize, our international manufacturing operations, as well as our operating results, may be harmed.

We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers.  Additionally, we rely on a limited number of hardware manufacturers.  The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed using either standard cost (which approximates actual cost) or average and actual cost on a first-in-first-out basis.  Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of revenues.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to ten years. We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. We depreciate buildings over periods up to 20 years. Land is not depreciated. Construction in progress ("CIP") is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use.  Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the general ledger and any related gains or losses are reflected in operating expenses.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and finite-lived purchased intangible assets

Goodwill and finite-lived acquired intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of the Cadent acquisition.  These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to fifteen years, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill.

Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit.  We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the present value of estimated future cash flows under the income approach of the reporting units as well as various price or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results along with the appropriate control premium under the marketing approach, both of which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy (as described in Note 2 in our consolidated financial statements).  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill.  Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss.

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists ("GPs") in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 31, 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner goodwill. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

The remaining goodwill is entirely attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we performed the annual goodwill impairment testing using the qualitative approach discussed above and found no impairment as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value.

Finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable.  An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows the asset or asset group is expected to generate.  If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value.  Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. In 2013, we used a DCF approach, utilizing harvest model, to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of a business, and is most consistent with the approach of a marketplace participant would use. The estimation of fair value utilizing a DCF approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Key assumptions used in measuring the fair values of Scanner reporting unit included the discount rate (based on the weighted-average cost of capital) and revenue growth. The fair value of Scanner’s trademark was determined using a risk-adjusted DCF model under the relief-from-royalty method. The royalty rate used was based on a consideration of market rates. The fair value of Scanner’s finite-lived customer relationships was determined using a DCF model under the multi-period excess earnings method. We recorded a long-lived asset impairment in the quarter ended March 31, 2013 due to changes in the competitive environment for our intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner asset group. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

There were no further triggering events in 2014 that would cause further impairments of our long-lived assets.

Development costs for internal use software

Development costs for internal use software

Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we are customizing to meet our specific operational needs.

Product Warranty

Product Warranty

Clear Aligner

We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the Invisalign case is complete. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.  Actual warranty costs could differ materially from the estimated amounts. We regularly review the accrued balances and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends. 

Scanners and Services

We warrant our intra-oral scanners for a period of one year, which include materials and labor.  We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs.  An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Returns

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts, for customers that are not able to make payments, and for sales returns.  We periodically review these allowances, including an analysis of the customers’ payment history and information regarding the customers’ creditworthiness, as well as historical sales returns as a percentage of revenue.  Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowance.

Revenue recognition

Revenue Recognition

We measure and allocate revenue according to the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Emerging Issues Task Force.  

Multiple-Element Arrangements (“MEAs”): Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products/equipment and services.  The deliverables included in the MEAs are separated into more than one unit of accounting when (i) the delivered product/equipment has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) delivery of the undelivered service element(s) is probable and substantially in our control.  Arrangement consideration is then allocated to each unit, delivered or undelivered, based on the relative selling price (“RSP”) of each unit of accounting based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, and on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE or TPE exist.

• VSOE – In most instances, products are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements.  Services are also sold separately through renewals of contracts with varying periods.  We determine VSOE based on its pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s).

• TPE – If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold.

• BESP – The best estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis.  When VSOE or TPE do not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on its pricing practices.  Adjustments for other market and Company-specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP.

Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are provided for in the same period that the related product sales are recorded based upon historical discounts and rebates.

Clear Aligner

We enter into arrangements (“treatment plans”) that involve multiple future product deliverables.  Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist include up to three optional case refinements. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position.  Case refinement may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment however it is generally ordered in the last stages of orthodontic treatment.  Beginning June 15, 2013, Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen also include up to three optional mid-course corrections. Mid-course correction is a treatment adjustment during active treatment if the case is not tracking to the original treatment plan or goals. Mid-course correction gives doctors the ability to "adjust course' based on the needs of the individual patient. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered any time throughout treatment.

We determined that our treatment plans, except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverables which also represent separate units of accounting: single-batched aligners, case refinement, mid-course correction and replacement aligners.  We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon the delivery of each unit in the treatment plan. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates.

For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (“a batch”). We estimate the number of batches which are expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience.  The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.

Prior to 2013, the Vivera Retainer included four shipments per year, and revenue was recognized ratably as each shipment occurred. In the first quarter of 2013, we consolidated Vivera Retainer product shipments down to one shipment per year.

Scanners and Services

We recognize revenues from the sales of iTero intra-oral scanners and CAD/CAM services. CAD/CAM services include scanning services, extended warranty for the intra-oral scanners, a range of iTero restorative services, and OrthoCAD services such as OrthoCAD iRecord. We sell intra-oral scanners and services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners.  The intra-oral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and for additional fees, the customer may select an unlimited scanning service agreement over a fixed period of time or extended warranty periods.  Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, title and risk of loss has passed to customers based on the shipping terms, no significant obligations remain, and allowances for discounts, returns, and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. When intra-oral scanners are sold with either an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price.  We estimate the selling price of each element, as if it is sold on a stand-alone basis, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies. Scanner revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when products or equipment have been shipped, installed and on-site training completed.   For certain distributors who provide installation and training to the customer, we recognize scanner revenue when the intra-oral scanner is shipped to the distributor assuming all of the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Discounts are deducted from revenue at the time of sale or when the discount is offered, whichever is later, and free cases or training is included as a deliverable in the multiple-element arrangement assessment. Returns of products, excluding warranty related returns, are infrequent and insignificant.

Service revenue, including iTero restorative and all OrthoCAD services are recognized upon delivery or ratably over the contract term as the specified services are performed. If a customer selects a pay per use basis for scanning service fees, the revenue is recognized as the service is provided.

We offer customers an option to purchase extended warranties on certain products. We recognize revenue on these extended warranty contracts ratably over the life of the contract. The costs associated with these extended warranty contracts are recognized when incurred.     

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling charges to customers are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in cost of revenues.

Legal Proceedings and Litigations

Legal Proceedings and Litigations

We are involved in legal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated liability in our financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflect the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range.

Research and development

Research and development

Research and development expense is expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include compensation costs, including stock-based compensation expense, outside consulting expenses, costs associated with conducting clinical and pre-commercialization trial and testing, allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT costs, equipment costs and depreciation and amortization.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs

The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 advertising costs totaled $26.9 million, $26.0 million and $23.6 million, respectively.

Common Stock Repurchase

Common stock repurchase

We repurchase our own common stock from time to time in the open market when our Board of Directors approve a stock repurchase program. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total repurchase value that are in excess over par between additional paid in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.

Operating Leases

Operating leases

We currently lease office spaces, automobiles and equipment under operating leases with original lease periods of up to 9 years.  Certain of these leases have free or escalating rent payment provisions and lease incentives provided by the landlord. We recognize rent expense under such leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease as certain leases have adjustments for market provisions.

Income taxes

Income taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. The available positive evidence at December 31, 2014 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2014, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain foreign loss carryovers as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2014, U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were not provided for on a cumulative total of $260.9 million. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in our foreign subsidiaries. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credit, and foreign withholding taxes. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

Accounting guidance for stock-based compensation prohibits recognition of a deferred income tax asset for excess tax benefits due to stock option exercises that have not yet been realized through a reduction in income taxes payable. We follow the tax law ordering method to determine when excess tax benefits have been realized and consider only the direct impacts of awards when calculating the amount of windfalls or shortfalls.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for only those shares ultimately expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return.  In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited.  Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.  As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

For an entity in which we have variable interests, we focus on identifying which entity has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and which enterprise has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the variable interest entity. If we are the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the variable interest entity will be included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. For fiscal year 2014, 2013 and 2012, we did not have any material variable interest entities and did not consolidate any variable interest entities, because we are not a primary beneficiary.

Medical Device Excise Tax

Medical Device Excise Taxes

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, effective January 1, 2013, we began to incur an excise tax on sales of medical devices in the U.S. In March 2014, we were informed by IRS that our aligners are not subject to the medical device excise tax ("MDET") which we had been paying and expensing in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations since January 1, 2013; however, our scanners are still subject to the MDET. Beginning in March 2014, we ceased expensing and paying the MDET for aligners. We are currently in process of claiming a $6.8 million refund of MDET paid in 2013 related to our aligners; however, because this claim is subject to review and approval by the IRS, we have not recorded a receivable as the outcome of the audit is uncertain. Any future changes in the applicability of the MDET as it applies to us or refunds of amounts previously paid will be recorded as an additional expense or a credit to the consolidated statement of operations in the period in which is becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income, including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported net of their related tax effect.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” requiring an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The updated standard becomes effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. We have not yet selected a transition method and we are currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Earnings Per Share, Policy

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, adjusted for any dilutive effect of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method, includes stock options, RSUs, MSUs and our ESPP.

Reclassification, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Out of period adjustment

In 2013, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in decreases in cost of net revenues of approximately $1.7 million and operating expense of $0.7 million offset in part by an increase in the provision for income taxes of $0.5 million. We do not believe the increase of $1.9 million to net income related to the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

In 2014, we recorded an out of period correction that resulted in an increase in the provision for income taxes of $1.8 million. We do not believe the decrease to net income related to the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

XML

Income Taxes Income Taxes - Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards	$ 33,202	$ 39,978
Credit carryforwards	1,446	9,362
Reserves and accruals	32,888	26,729
Translation gains	637	48
Stock-based compensation	11,964	9,100
Total deferred tax assets, gross	80,137	85,217
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses	709	557
Depreciation and amortization	6,878	5,320
Total deferred tax liabilities, gross	7,587	5,877
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance	72,550	79,340
Valuation allowance	(32,498)	(35,108)
Net deferred tax assets	$ 40,052	$ 44,232

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 145,832	$ 64,295	$ 58,691
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred taxes	25,481	21,204	17,783
Depreciation and amortization	17,856	16,825	17,811
Stock-based compensation	39,823	26,438	21,483
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements	(21,393)	(27,103)	(17,187)
Impairment of goodwill	0	40,693	36,591
Impairment of long lived assets	0	26,320	0
Other	10,106	4,142	4,517
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of business combinations:
Accounts receivable	(27,229)	(11,981)	(11,666)
Inventories	(1,999)	1,158	(5,718)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,924)	(392)	(3,853)
Accounts payable	2,887	(186)	(6)
Accrued and other long-term liabilities	22,692	9,662	2,943
Deferred revenues	15,767	14,901	12,389
Net cash provided by operating activities	226,899	185,976	133,778
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	0	(7,652)	0
Purchase of property, plant and equipment	(24,092)	(19,412)	(38,333)
Purchase of marketable securities	(437,152)	(303,917)	(67,511)
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities	176,810	90,917	24,901
Proceeds from Sale and Maturity of Marketable Securities	82,990	31,741	297
Other assets	(183)	(2,411)	2,346
Net cash used in investing activities	(201,627)	(210,734)	(78,300)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	18,028	34,196	42,327
Common stock repurchase	(98,233)	(95,107)	(47,203)
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements	21,393	27,103	17,187
Employees' taxes paid upon the vesting of restricted stock units	(7,608)	(4,363)	(2,106)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(66,420)	(38,171)	10,205
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(1,934)	(504)	28
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(43,082)	(63,433)	65,711
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year	242,953	306,386	240,675
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$ 199,871	$ 242,953	$ 306,386

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income	$ 145,832	$ 64,295	$ 58,691
Net change in cumulative translation adjustment	(196)	62	129
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for sale securities, net of tax	(238)	29	28
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(434)	91	157
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 145,398	$ 64,386	$ 58,848

XML

Common Stock Repurchase Program

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

Share Repurchase Program Disclosure [Text Block]

Common Stock Repurchase Program

On October 27, 2011, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may repurchase up to $150.0 million of common stock.  Purchases under the stock repurchase program were made from time to time in the open market. 

During 2012, we repurchased approximately 1.7 million shares of common stock at an average price of $27.28 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $47.2 million, including commissions.  The common stock repurchases reduced additional paid-in capital by approximately $15.4 million and increased accumulated deficit by $31.8 million.  During 2013, we repurchased approximately 2.7 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $34.95 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $95.1 million. The common stock retirements reduced additional paid-in capital by approximately $24.5 million and increased accumulated deficit by $70.6 million.  All repurchased shares were retired.  No further authorization for repurchases remains outstanding as we completed the repurchases under this program as of December 31, 2013.

On April 23, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock over the next three years, with $100.0 million of that amount authorized to be purchased over the first twelve months. Any purchases under this stock repurchase program may be made, from time-to-time, pursuant to open market purchases (including pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans), privately-negotiated transactions, accelerated stock repurchases, block trades or derivative contracts or otherwise in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

As part of our $300.0 million stock repurchase program, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("ASR") with Goldman, Sachs & Co. on April 28, 2014 to repurchase $70.0 million of our common stock. We paid $70.0 million on April 29, 2014 and received an initial delivery of approximately 1.0 million shares. The ASR was completed on July 29, 2014 with a final delivery of approximately 0.4 million shares. We received a total of approximately 1.4 million shares under the ASR for an average purchase price per share of $51.46, which all shares were retired. The final number of shares repurchased was based on our volume-weighted average stock price during the term of the transaction, less an agreed upon discount.

During 2014, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.6 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $50.93 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $28.2 million. All repurchased shares were retired. As of December 31, 2014, we have $201.8 million remaining under the April 2014 stock repurchase program, of which $1.8 million was repurchased in January 2015. In addition, in January 2015, our Board of Directors has authorized the next $100.0 million under the program to be repurchased which we anticipate completing within twelve months. We expect to finance future stock repurchases with current cash on hand.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Feb. 20, 2015	Jun. 30, 2014
Document Documentand Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2014
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	ALGN
Entity Registrant Name	ALIGN TECHNOLOGY INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001097149
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding (shares)		80,720,243
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Public Float			$ 4,457,461,725
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Compensation Related Costs [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan

In January 1999, we adopted a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for our U.S. employees. This plan covers substantially all U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. In 2009, our Board of Directors authorized us to match 50% of our employee’s salary deferral contributions up to a 6% of the employee’s eligible compensation effective 2010. We contributed approximately $2.2 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million to the 401(k) plan during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Israeli Funds

Under the Israeli severance fund law, we are required to make payments to dismissed employees and employees leaving employment in certain circumstances. The funding is calculated based on the salary of the employee multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the applicable balance sheet date. Our Israeli employees are entitled to one month’s salary for each year of employment, or a pro-rata portion thereof.  We fund the liability through monthly deposits into funds, and the values of these contributions are recorded in other long-term current assets.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the accrued funds liability was approximately $2.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 199,871	$ 242,953
Marketable securities, short-term	254,787	127,040
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and returns of $1,563 and $1,733, respectively	129,751	113,250
Inventories	15,928	13,968
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	19,770	18,829
Deferred Tax Assets, Net, Current	37,053	28,636
Total current assets	657,160	544,676
Marketable securities, long-term	147,892	101,978
Property, plant and equipment, net	90,125	75,743
Goodwill	82,056	85,362
Deferred tax assets	3,099	15,766
Other assets	7,665	8,622
Total assets	987,997	832,147
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	23,247	17,718
Accrued liabilities	87,880	80,345
Deferred revenues	90,684	77,275
Total current liabilities	201,811	175,338
Taxes Payable	30,483	18,326
Other long-term liabilities	2,932	4,513
Total liabilities	235,226	198,177
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6 and 8)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued)	0	0
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 80,205 and 80,583 issued and outstanding at 2014 and 2013, respectively)	8	8
Additional paid-in capital	783,410	729,578
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net	(140)	294
Accumulated deficit	(30,507)	(95,910)
Total stockholders' equity	752,771	633,970
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 987,997	$ 832,147

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The change in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014 by our reportable segments, which are also our reporting units, are as follows (in thousands):

	Clear Aligner			Scanners and Services			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	58,543		$	40,693		$	99,236
Goodwill from ICA acquisition	3,558			—			3,558
Impairment of goodwill	—			(40,693		)	(40,693		)
Adjustments 1	(478		)	—			(478		)
Balance as of December 31, 2013	61,623			—			61,623
Goodwill from ICA acquisition	—			—			—
Adjustments 1	(254		)	—			(254		)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	61,369		$	—		$	61,369

¹   The adjustments to goodwill were a result of foreign currency translation.

Impairment of Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

2012 Impairment

During the third quarter of 2012, we determined that the goodwill for our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment between annual impairment tests since an event occurred/circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. These indicators included the termination of an exclusive distribution arrangement with Straumann for iTero intra-oral scanners in Europe, as well as the termination of their non-exclusive distribution arrangement for iTero intra-oral scanners in North America, together with market conditions and business trends within the Scanner reporting unit. While we continued to expect revenue growth in our Scanner business, our expectations for future growth and profitability rates projected for the Scanner reporting unit were lower than our previous estimates primarily driven by overall lower than expected financial results.

As a result, we performed step one analysis for our Scanner reporting unit, which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to it. In deriving the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit, we utilized a combination of both the income and market approach, which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The income approach provides an estimate of fair value based on discounted expected future cash flows. The market approach provides an estimate of fair value using various prices or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results and then applies an appropriate control premium in order to reconcile to our market capitalization. As a result of our step one analysis, we concluded that the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit was less than its carrying value, therefore, we proceeded to perform step two of the goodwill impairment analysis.

Step two of the goodwill impairment analysis measures the impairment charge by allocating the reporting unit's fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. This allocation process was performed only for the purposes of measuring the goodwill impairment, and not to adjust the carrying values of the recognized tangible assets and liabilities. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss. Based on our analysis, the implied fair value of goodwill was substantially lower than the carrying value of the goodwill for the Scanner reporting unit. We recorded a preliminary goodwill impairment charge during the third quarter of 2012 of $24.7 million and an additional $11.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2012, representing a change in estimate upon finalizing our 2013 annual budget process, for a total impairment charge of $36.6 million. None of the goodwill impairment charge was deductible for tax purposes.

2013 Impairment

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner goodwill.

We performed a step one analysis for our Scanner reporting unit which consists of a comparison of the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to it. In deriving the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit, we utilized the income approach which is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. This approach provides an estimated fair value based on discounted expected future cash flows, which are based on management's estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The discount rate used is based on a weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with the characteristics of the business and the projected cash flows.

As a result of our step one analysis, we concluded that the fair value of the Scanner reporting unit was less than its carrying value; therefore, we proceeded to step two of the goodwill impairment analysis. Step two of the goodwill impairment analysis measures the impairment charge by allocating the reporting unit's fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. This allocation process was performed only for the purposes of measuring the goodwill impairment and not to adjust the carrying values of the recognized tangible assets and liabilities. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss. We use a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, utilizing the harvest model, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of this business, and is most consistent with the approach a market place participant would use. Based on our analysis, there was no implied goodwill for the Scanner reporting unit; therefore, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, which represents the remaining goodwill balance in the Scanner reporting unit. None of the goodwill impairment charge was deductible for tax purposes.

Annual Impairment Test

The remaining goodwill is entirely attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we performed the annual goodwill impairment testing and found no impairment events as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of the carrying value.

Acquired Intangible Assets

We amortize our intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate long-lived assets, which includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment of our intra-oral scanning business.

During March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America, that caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that the carrying value of the Scanner long-lived assets was not recoverable as compared to the value of the undiscounted cash flows of our revised projections for the asset group. In order to determine the impairment amount of our long-lived assets, we fair valued each key component of our long-lived assets within the asset group, which involved the use of significant estimates and assumptions including replacement costs, revenue growth rates, operating margins, and plant and equipment cost trends. We use a DCF approach, utilizing the harvest model, to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit, which we believe is the most reliable indicator of fair value of a business, and is most consistent with the approach of a marketplace participant would use. The estimation of fair value utilizing a DCF approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Key assumptions used in measuring the fair values of Scanner reporting unit included the discount rate (based on the weighted-average cost of capital) and revenue growth. The fair value of Scanner’s trademark was determined using a risk-adjusted DCF approach under the relief-from-royalty method. The royalty rate used was based on a consideration of market rates. The fair value of Scanner’s finite-lived customer relationships was determined using a DCF approach under the multi-period excess earnings method. We determined our long-lived asset group within the Scanner reporting unit to be primarily finite-lived intangible assets, plant and equipment. Upon completion of this analysis, we recorded a total impairment charge of $26.3 million of which $19.3 million represented the impairment related to our Scanner intangible assets and $7.0 million related to plant and equipment. There was no triggering event related to the Clear Aligner asset group.

There were no triggering events in 2014 that would cause further impairments of our long-lived assets.

Intangible assets arising either as a direct result from the Cadent acquisition or individually acquired are being amortized as follows (in thousands):

	Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)	Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2014		Accumulated Amortization			Impairment Charge			Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2014
Trademarks	15	$	7,100	$	(1,354	)	$	(4,179	)	$	1,567
Existing technology	13	12,600		(3,015		)	(4,328		)	5,257
Customer relationships	11	33,500		(9,095		)	(10,751		)	13,654
Other	8	285		(76		)	—			209
Total Intangible Assets		$	53,485	$	(13,540	)	$	(19,258	)	$	20,687

	Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)	Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2013		Accumulated Amortization			Impairment Charge			Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2013
Trademarks	15	$	7,100	$	(1,100	)	$	(4,179	)	$	1,821
Existing technology	13	12,600		(2,236		)	(4,328		)	6,036
Customer relationships	11	33,500		(7,112		)	(10,751		)	15,637
Other	8	285		(40		)	—			245
Total Intangible Assets		$	53,485	$	(10,488	)	$	(19,258	)	$	23,739

The total estimated annual future amortization expense for these acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year
2015	$	2,600
2016	2,600
2017	2,600
2018	2,600
2019	2,600
Thereafter	7,687
Total	$	20,687

XML

Business Combinations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

Cadent

On April 29, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Cadent, a 3D digital scanning solution for orthodontics and dentistry, for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $187.6 million . We recorded goodwill of $135.3 million as a result of the acquisition, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets, and represents the expected synergies of the transaction and the knowledge and experience of the workforce in place. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. In connection with the acquisition, we allocated approximately $77.3 million of the goodwill from the Cadent acquisition to our Scanner and Services ("Scanner") reporting unit and approximately $58.0 million to our Clear Aligner reporting unit based on the expected relative synergies generated by the acquisition. During the third quarter of 2012, we determined that goodwill for our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment between annual impairment tests since an event occurred or circumstances changed that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. We recorded a total impairment charge of $36.6 million for the Scanner for 2012 after finalizing step two of our analysis.  Further, during March 2013, changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners, including announcements from our competitors of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and general practitioner dentists in North America, caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that goodwill related only to our Scanner reporting unit should be tested for impairment as of March 2013 due to these facts and circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our Scanner reporting unit below its carrying amount. Based on our analysis, there was no implied goodwill for the Scanner reporting unit; therefore, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $40.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, which represents the remaining goodwill balance in the Scanner reporting unit. All remaining goodwill from the Cadent acquisition as of December 31, 2014 is attributable to the Clear Aligner segment. See Note 5 for discussion of our goodwill impairment.

ICA Holdings Pty Limited

On April 30, 2013, we completed the acquisition of ICA Holdings Pty Limited ("ICA") upon the expiration of the distribution agreement between certain subsidiaries of ICA and Align Technology B.V., for a total cash consideration of approximately $8.6 million, of which $7.4 million was attributed to assets acquired, $2.4 million in liabilities assumed and $3.6 million to goodwill. Goodwill as a result of this acquisition represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net assets acquired and represents the knowledge and experience of the workforce in place. None of this goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. Under the applicable accounting guidance, goodwill will not be amortized but will be tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if certain indicators are present.  

Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented as it is not material to our results of operations, either individually or in aggregate, for the year ended 2013.

XML

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions (reductions) to Costs and Expenses			Write offs			Charged to Other Accounts 1		Reclass from Other Accounts			Balance at End of Period
	(in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns:
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	1,500	$	4,417		$	(2,735	)	$	—	$	(15	)	$	3,167
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	3,167	$	2,116		$	(3,550	)	$	—	$	—		$	1,733
Year ended December 31, 2014	$	1,733	$	6,563		$	(6,733	)	$	—	$	—		$	1,563
Valuation Allowance for deferred tax assets:
Year ended December 31, 2012	$	20,224	$	8,507		$	(1,675	)	$	—	$	—		$	27,056
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	27,056	$	9,806		$	(1,754	)	$	—	$	—		$	35,108
Year ended December 31, 2014	$	35,108	$	(1,793	)	$	(817	)	$	—	$	—		$	32,498

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Income before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Domestic	$	94,784	$	31,993	$	32,341
Foreign	95,585		61,146		51,955
Total Income before provision for income taxes	$	190,369	$	93,139	$	84,296

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
Federal
Current	$	1,569	$	26		$	—
Deferred	37,570		24,262			22,382
	39,139		24,288			22,382
State
Current	2,162		1,235			438
Deferred	971		1,158			1,486
	3,133		2,393			1,924
Foreign
Current	1,596		3,113			1,173
Deferred	669		(950		)	126
	2,265		2,163			1,299
Provision for income taxes	$	44,537	$	28,844		$	25,605

The differences between income taxes using the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and our effective tax rate were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1.6		2.5		2.4
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates	(16.4	)	(20.4	)	(20.0	)
Goodwill Impairment	—		15.3		15.2
Stock-based compensation	1.0		0.5		(1.2	)
Other items not individually material	2.2		(1.9	)	(1.0	)
	23.4	%	31.0	%	30.4	%

Other items not individually material for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes an out of period correction that resulted in an increase in the provision for income taxes of $1.8 million. We do not believe the out of period adjustment is material to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 or to any prior years' consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2014, U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were not provided for on a cumulative total of $260.9 million. We intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely in our foreign subsidiaries. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes, net of related foreign tax credits. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.

In June 2009, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted a twelve year extension of certain tax incentives, which were previously granted in 2002. The incentive tax rates will expire in various years beginning in 2017. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica during these twelve year incentive periods is subject to reduced rates of Costa Rica income tax. In order to receive the benefit of the incentives, we must hire specified numbers of employees and maintain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates, which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2014. As a result of these incentives, income taxes were reduced by $32.5 million, $27.7 million, and $21.8 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The benefit of the tax holiday on diluted net income per share was $0.40, $0.34, and $0.26 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards	$	33,202		$	39,978
Credit carryforwards	1,446			9,362
Reserves and accruals	32,888			26,729
Translation gains	637			48
Stock-based compensation	11,964			9,100
	80,137			85,217
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses	709			557
Depreciation and amortization	6,878			5,320
	7,587			5,877
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance	72,550			79,340
Valuation allowance	(32,498		)	(35,108		)
Net deferred tax assets	$	40,052		$	44,232

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets quarterly. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we do not expect to realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for income taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. As of December 31, 2014, we believed, except for the items noted in the subsequent paragraph, that it was more likely than not that the amount of deferred tax assets recorded on the balance sheet will be realized.

The $32.5 million total valuation allowance provided against our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014, relates primarily to foreign net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2014, the valuation allowance decreased by a net $2.6 million, due to a $1.8 million decrease related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards, and a decrease of $0.8 million due to the release of valuation allowance related to Japan and China deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2014, we had fully utilized net operating loss carryforwards for federal purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards of $37.3 million for California state tax purposes. If not utilized, these carryforwards will begin to expire in 2015 for California purposes.  In addition, we had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $125.5 million, which, if not utilized will expire beginning in 2017.

Our net operating loss carryforwards associated with the exercise of employee stock options totaled $23.8 million as of December 31, 2014 for California state tax purposes, which was not included in our deferred tax assets. The reduction of income taxes payable by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of employee stock options during the fiscal year, and utilization of net operating loss carryover applicable to stock options were approximately $21.4 million, $27.1 million, and $17.2 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The benefits applicable to stock options were credited directly to stockholders’ equity when realized. We follow the tax law ordering method to determine when excess tax benefits have been realized and consider only the direct impacts of awards when calculating the amount of windfalls or shortfalls.

At December 31, 2014, we have California research credit carryforwards of approximately $3.8 million which can be carried forward indefinitely.

In the event of a change in ownership, as defined under federal and state tax laws, our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, for fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, is as follows (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2011	$	15,472
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	5,087
Tax positions related to prior year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	80
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2012	20,639
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	6,110
Tax positions related to prior year:
Decreases for uncertain tax positions	(81		)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2013	26,668
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions for uncertain tax positions	6,659
Tax positions related to prior year:
Decreases for uncertain tax positions	(260		)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2014	$	33,067

We account for uncertain tax positions pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We first determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon audit based on its technical merits. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

During fiscal year 2014, the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by $6.4 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $33.1 million as of December 31, 2014, all of which would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.  We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The penalties and interest accrued as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are immaterial. We do not expect any significant changes to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions are U.S. federal and the State of California. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2000. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax authorities for years before 2007.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases

We lease our facilities and certain equipment and automobiles under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2022 and provide for pre-negotiated fixed rental rates during the terms of the lease. The terms of some of our leases provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and accrue for any rent expense incurred but not paid. Total rent expense was $7.6 million, $7.3 million and $6.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Minimum future lease payments for non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Operating leases
2015	$	9,130
2016	8,293
2017	4,659
2018	1,545
2019	209
Thereafter	210
Total minimum lease payments	$	24,046

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2014, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Indemnification Provisions

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify certain parties: customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.

It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Summary of MSU Performance (Detail) (Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units, USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Market Performance Based Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 42.00	$ 31.96
Number of Shares
Nonvested beginning balance (shares)	307,000
Granted (shares)	244,000
Granted (usd per share)	$ 50.46	$ 35.49	$ 29.45
Vested and released (shares)	(52,575)
Nonvested ending balance (shares)	498,000	307,000
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Nonvested	1 year 4 months 17 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested	$ 27,815
Sharebased Compensation Arrangement By Sharebased Payment Award Equity Instruments Other Than Options Vested And Released In Period Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 22.41

XML

Legal Proceedings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Legal Proceedings

Legal Proceedings

Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On November 28, 2012, plaintiff City of Dearborn Heights Act 345 Police & Fire Retirement System filed a lawsuit against Align, Thomas M. Prescott (“Mr. Prescott”), Align’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Kenneth B. Arola (“Mr. Arola”), Align’s former Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock (the “Securities Action”). On July 11, 2013, an amended complaint was filed, which named the same defendants, on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between January 31, 2012 and October 17, 2012. The amended complaint alleged that Align, Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Specifically, the amended complaint alleged that during the purported class period defendants failed to take an appropriate goodwill impairment charge related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2011, the first quarter of 2012 or the second quarter of 2012, which rendered our financial statements and projections of future earnings materially false and misleading and in violation of U.S. GAAP. The amended complaint sought monetary damages in an unspecified amount, costs and attorneys’ fees. On December 9, 2013, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave for plaintiff to file a second amended complaint. Plaintiff filed a second amended complaint on January 8, 2014 on behalf of the same purported class. The second amended complaint states the same claims as the amended complaint. On August 22, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss without leave to amend. On September 22, 2014, Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Align intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations. Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of this amended complaint and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss, if any.

Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit

On February 1, 2013, plaintiff Gary Udis filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit against several of Align’s current and former officers and directors in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara. The complaint alleges that our reported income and earnings were materially overstated because of a failure to timely write down goodwill related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc., and that defendants made allegedly false statements concerning our forecasts. The complaint asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and insider trading, among others. The complaint seeks unspecified damages on behalf of Align, which is named solely as nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought. The complaint also seeks an order directing Align to reform and improve its corporate governance and internal procedures, and seeks restitution in an unspecified amount, costs, and attorneys’ fees. On July 8, 2013, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our first motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On January 15, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our second motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On October 14, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until a ruling by the Ninth Circuit in the Securities Action discussed above. Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of this complaint and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible losses.

In addition, in the course of Align's operations, Align is involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align's view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Align currently does not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Credit Facilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Credit Facilities

Credit Facilities

On March 22, 2013, we entered into a credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank. The credit facility provides for a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit, and has a maturity date on March 22, 2016. The credit facility also requires us to maintain a minimum unrestricted cash balance of $50.0 million and comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. The loans bear interest, at our option, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.75% or an adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, three, six or twelve-month interest periods) plus a spread of 1.75%. As of December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings under this credit facility and were in compliance with the conditions and performance requirements.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock Rights Agreement

The Preferred Stock Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) is intended to protect stockholders from unfair or coercive takeover practices.  In accordance with the Rights Agreement, the Board of Directors declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding share of our common stock to stockholders of record on November 22, 2005. Each Right entitles stockholders to buy one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, at an exercise price of $37.00, subject to adjustment. Rights will become exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events, including a person or group acquiring or the announcing the intention to acquire beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding common stock without the approval of the Board of Directors. Each holder of a Right will have the right to receive, upon exercise, shares of common stock having a value equal to two times the purchase price. The Rights will expire on November 22, 2015 or upon the exercise of the Rights, whichever occurs earlier.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors. We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock.

Stock-based Compensation Plans

Our 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock units, market stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. Shares granted on or after May 16, 2013 as an award of restricted stock, restricted stock unit, market stock units, performance share or performance unit ("full value awards") are counted against the authorized share reserve as one and nine-tenths (19/10) shares for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and nine-tenths against the plan reserve will be returned at the same ratio. Full value awards granted prior to May 16, 2013 were counted against the authorized share reserve as one and one half (1 1/2) share for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and one half against the plan reserve will be returned at this same ratio.

As of December 31, 2014, the 2005 Incentive Plan (as amended) has a total reserve of 23,283,379 shares for issuance of which 7,325,130 shares are available for issuance, plus up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares that would have been returned to our 2001 Stock Incentive Plan as a result of termination of options on or after March 28, 2005. No shares were added to the plan in 2014. We issue new shares from our pool of authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the exercise and vesting obligations of our stock-based compensation plans.

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is based on the estimated fair value of awards, net of estimated forfeitures, and recognized over the requisite service period. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience at the time of grant and may be revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.  The stock-based compensation related to all of our stock-based awards and employee stock purchases for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Cost of net revenues	$	3,616	$	2,565	$	1,843
Sales and marketing	11,646		7,093		5,581
General and administrative	17,979		13,261		10,361
Research and development	6,582		3,519		3,698
Total stock-based compensation	$	39,823	$	26,438	$	21,483

Stock Options

Options are granted for terms not to exceed seven years and generally vest over four years with 25% vesting one year from the date of grant and 1/48th each month thereafter.  Activity for the year ended December 31, 2014, under the stock option plans are set forth below (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Stock Options
	Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years )	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013	1,321		16.08
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(648	)	16.58
Cancelled or expired	(5	)	18.32
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,933
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014	668		$	15.57	2.92	$	26,930
Exercisable at December 31, 2014	655		$	15.43	2.92	$	26,504

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day in 2014 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2014.  This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock.  The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $24.5 million, $46.7 million and $50.9 million, respectively.  The total fair value of the options vested during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.7 million, $3.7 million, $5.0 million, respectively.  There were no stock options granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

As of December 31, 2014, the total unamortized compensation costs related to stock options was not material. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the total recognized tax effect from exercised options was $1.9 million.

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of nonvested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is based on our closing stock price on the date of grant.  A summary for the year ended December 31, 2014, is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share amounts):

	Shares Underlying  RSUs		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Weighted Remaining Vesting Period (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested as of December 31, 2013	2,044		$	31.88
Granted	981		53.72
Vested and released	(728	)	30.22
Forfeited	(173	)	37.59
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	2,124		$	42.08	1.33	$	118,727

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2014 by the number of nonvested RSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all RSUs been vested and released on December 31, 2014. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock.  During 2014, of the 727,679 shares vested and released, 114,468 vested shares were withheld for employee minimum statutory tax obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 613,211 shares.

The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested and released during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $38.9 million, $20.3 million and $12.5 million, respectively. The total fair value RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $22.0 million, $13.2 million, $7.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $32.1 million of total unamortized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs, and these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

On an annual basis, we grant market-performance based restricted stock units (“MSUs”) to our executive officers. Each MSU represents the right to one share of Align’s common stock and will be issued through our amended 2005 Incentive Plan. The actual number of MSUs which will be eligible to vest will be based on the performance of Align’s stock price relative to the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index over the vesting period, generally two to three years, up to 150% of the MSUs initially granted.

The following table summarizes the MSU performance as of December 31, 2014:

	Number of  Shares Underlying MSUs (in thousands)		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	Weighted  Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years )	Aggregate Intrinsic  Value (in thousands)
Nonvested as of December 31, 2013	307		31.96
Granted	244		50.46
Vested and released	(53	)	22.41
Nonvested as of December 31, 2014	498		42.00	1.38	$	27,815

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2014 by the number of non-vested MSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all MSUs been vested and released on December 31, 2014. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock.  During 2014, of the 52,575 shares vested and released 25,214 shares were withheld for tax payments, resulting in a net issuance of 27,361 shares.

The total intrinsic value of MSUs vested and released during 2014 was $2.9 million. The total fair value MSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, we expect to recognize $6.2 million of total unamortized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to MSUs over a weighted average period of 1.4 years.

The fair value of the MSUs is estimated at the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation that includes factors for market conditions.  The following weighted-average assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Expected term (in years)	3			3			3
Expected volatility	46.0		%	47.0		%	54.0		%
Risk-free interest rate	0.7		%	0.4		%	0.4		%
Expected dividends	—			—			—
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date	$	50.46		$	35.49		$	29.45

Total payments to tax authorities for payroll taxes related to RSUs, including MSUs, that vested during the period, were $7.6 million, $4.4 million and $2.1 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, reflected as a financing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 2010, our shareholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2010 Purchase Plan”), replacing our 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which consists of consecutive overlapping twenty-four month offering periods with four six-month purchase periods in each offering period. Employees purchase shares at 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at either the beginning of the offering period or the end of the purchase period, whichever is lower. The 2010 Purchase Plan will continue until terminated by either the Board or its administrator.  The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Purchase Plan is 2,400,000 shares. During the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we issued 247,343, 288,675, and 336,382 shares, respectively, at average prices of $29.24, $21.96 and $17.98, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, 1,363,827 shares remain available for future issuance.

The fair value of the option component of the Purchase Plan shares was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
Expected term (in years)	1.2			1.2			1.2
Expected volatility	38.8		%	44.9		%	49.7		%
Risk-free interest rate	0.2		%	0.2		%	0.2		%
Expected dividends	—			—			—
Weighted average fair value at grant date	$	17.15		$	11.69		$	11.10

We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $2.6 million, $3.4 million, $2.0 million related to our employee stock purchase plans for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $0.8 million of total unamortized compensation costs related to employee stock purchases. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.3 years.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2009
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Accrued severance funds liability	$ 2.5	$ 2.4
Defined Contribution Pension Plan 401k
Deferred Compensation Arrangement with Individual, Postretirement Benefits [Line Items]
Employer matching contribution as percentage of employee's salary deferral contributions				50.00%
Employer matching contribution as percentage of employee's eligible compensation				6.00%
Employer contributions amount	$ 2.2	$ 2.1	$ 1.9

XML

Income Taxes Income Taxes - Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Federal
Current	$ 1,569	$ 26	$ 0
Deferred	37,570	24,262	22,382
Total federal income tax expense	39,139	24,288	22,382
State
Current	2,162	1,235	438
Deferred	971	1,158	1,486
Total state tax expense	3,133	2,393	1,924
Foreign
Current	1,596	3,113	1,173
Deferred	669	(950)	126
Total foreign tax expense	2,265	2,163	1,299
Provision for income taxes	$ 44,537	$ 28,844	$ 25,605

XML

Common Stock Repurchase Program - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended				3 Months Ended	1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Jul. 29, 2014	Apr. 29, 2014	Apr. 28, 2014	Apr. 23, 2014	Jul. 29, 2014	Jan. 31, 2015	Oct. 27, 2011
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Common stock repurchased and retired	$ 98,233,000	$ 95,107,000	$ 47,203,000
Additional Paid-in Capital
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Common stock repurchased and retired	17,804,000	24,528,000	15,399,000
Retained Earnings
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Common stock repurchased and retired	80,429,000	70,579,000	31,804,000
October 2011 Stock Repurchase Program
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Repurchase of common stock, common stock authorized										150,000,000
Common stock repurchased and retired (shares)		2,700,000	1,700,000
Common stock repurchased (in dollars per share)		$ 34.95	$ 27.28
Common stock repurchased and retired		95,107,000	47,200,000
October 2011 Stock Repurchase Program | Additional Paid-in Capital
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Repurchase of common stock, aggregate purchase price - Increase/(Decrease) In Equity		(24,500,000)	(15,400,000)
October 2011 Stock Repurchase Program | Retained Earnings
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Repurchase of common stock, aggregate purchase price - Increase/(Decrease) In Equity		(70,600,000)	(31,800,000)
April 2014 Stock Repurchase Program
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Repurchase of common stock, common stock authorized							300,000,000
Common stock repurchased and retired (shares)	600,000
Common stock repurchased (in dollars per share)	$ 50.93
Common stock repurchased and retired	28,200,000
Authorized stock repurchase amount over next twelve months							100,000,000
Accelerated share repurchase agreement amount						70,000,000
Accelerated share repurchase amount					70,000,000
Accelerated share repurchase (in shares)				400,000	1,000,000			1,400,000
Accelerated share repurchases price per share (in dollars per share)				$ 51.46
Remaining authorized repurchase amount	201,800,000
April 2014 Stock Repurchase Program | Subsequent Event
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Common stock repurchased and retired									1,800,000
Additional authorized repurchase amount									$ 100,000,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014 financial_institution segment	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of operating segments	2
Restricted cash	$ 3.8
Original maturity of highly liquid investments included in Cash and cash equivalents	2 years
Foreign currency net loss	3.8
Number of financial instutions used	2
Scanners, Warranty period	1 year
Advertising cost	26.9	26.0	23.6
Lease term	9 years
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries	260.9
Medical device tax expense	6.8
Building
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment estimated useful lives	20 years
Software Development
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment estimated useful lives	10 years
Capitalized computer software development expenses during period	2.6
Minimum
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment estimated useful lives	3 years
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	1 year
Maximum
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Original maturity of highly liquid investments included in Cash and cash equivalents	3 months
Property plant and equipment estimated useful lives	10 years
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	15 years
Noncurrent Assets
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Restricted cash		4.0
Other Noncurrent Assets
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Restricted cash	3.6	4.0
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Restricted cash		1.6
Other Current Assets
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Restricted cash	$ 0.2

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Goodwill [Line Items]
Impairment of goodwill	$ 0	$ 40,693,000	$ 36,591,000
Goodwill	61,369,000	61,623,000	99,236,000			99,236,000		99,236,000
Impairment of long lived assets	0	26,320,000	0
Scanners and CAD/CAM Services
Goodwill [Line Items]
Impairment of goodwill		40,693,000	36,600,000		40,700,000	11,900,000	24,700,000	36,600,000
Goodwill	0	0	40,693,000			40,693,000		40,693,000
Asset impairment charges				26,300,000
Impairment of intangible assets				19,300,000
Impairment of long lived assets					$ 7,000,000

XML

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Supplemental Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Taxes paid	$	5,666	$	4,125	$	2,825
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Fixed assets acquired with accounts payable or accrued liabilities	$	4,899	$	2,308	$	940
Unclaimed merger consideration liability	$	—	$	—	$	1,575

XML

Balance Sheet Components (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Raw materials	$	8,143	$	5,172
Work in process	2,970		4,241
Finished goods	4,815		4,555
Total Inventories	$	15,928	$	13,968

Property and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Clinical and manufacturing equipment	$	107,707		$	104,373
Computer hardware	24,092			24,851
Computer software	22,044			21,286
Furniture and fixtures	7,386			7,275
Leasehold improvements	15,358			14,996
Building	1,868			1,868
Land	1,162			1,162
CIP	18,310			5,438
Total	197,927			181,249
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization and impairment charges 1	(107,802		)	(105,506		)
Total Property, plant and equipment, net	$	90,125		$	75,743

Schedule of Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Accrued payroll and benefits	$	44,610	$	43,029
Accrued sales rebate	11,110		10,100
Accrued sales and marketing expenses	5,979		3,893
Accrued accounts payable	5,736		4,053
Accrued sales tax and value added tax	5,456		6,215
Accrued warranty	3,148		3,104
Accrued professional fees	2,494		1,892
Accrued income taxes	2,027		1,205
Other accrued liabilities	7,320		6,854
Total Accrued Liabilities	$	87,880	$	80,345

Warranty accrual

Warranty accrual as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consists of the following activity (in thousands):

Warranty accrual, December 31, 2012	$	4,050
Charged to cost of revenues	2,850
Actual warranty expenditures	(3,796		)
Warranty accrual, December 31, 2013	3,104
Charged to cost of revenues	1,990
Actual warranty expenditures	(1,946		)
Warranty accrual, December 31, 2014	$	3,148

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Intangible Assets as a Direct Result from the Cadent Acquisition (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 29, 2011	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2012		$ 53,485	$ 53,485
Accumulated Amortization		(13,540)	(10,488)
Impairment Charge		(19,258)	(19,258)
Total		20,687	23,739
Trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles		15 years	15 years
Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2012		7,100	7,100
Accumulated Amortization		(1,354)	(1,100)
Impairment Charge		(4,179)	(4,179)
Total		1,567	1,821
Existing technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	13 years	13 years	13 years
Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2012		12,600	12,600
Accumulated Amortization		(3,015)	(2,236)
Impairment Charge		(4,328)	(4,328)
Total		5,257	6,036
Customer Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles	11 years	11 years	11 years
Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2012		33,500	33,500
Accumulated Amortization		(9,095)	(7,112)
Impairment Charge		(10,751)	(10,751)
Total		13,654	15,637
Other Intangible Assets [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangibles		8 years	8 years
Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2012		285	285
Accumulated Amortization		(76)	(40)
Impairment Charge		0	0
Total		$ 209	$ 245

XML

Balance Sheet Components - Property and Equipment (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	$ 197,927,000	$ 181,249,000
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(107,802,000)	(105,506,000)
Property, plant and equipment, net	90,125,000	75,743,000
Impairment of property and equipment	0	26,320,000	0
Depreciation and amortization	14,800,000	13,900,000	13,400,000
Scanners and CAD/CAM Services
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Asset impairment charges				26,300,000
Impairment of property and equipment					7,000,000
Software Development
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Capitalized computer software development expenses during period	2,600,000
Clinical and manufacturing equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	107,707,000	104,373,000
Computer hardware
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	24,092,000	24,851,000
Computer software
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	22,044,000	21,286,000
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	7,386,000	7,275,000
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	15,358,000	14,996,000
Building
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	1,868,000	1,868,000
Land
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	1,162,000	1,162,000
Construction in progress
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net [Abstract]
Property and equipment	$ 18,310,000	$ 5,438,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts and returns	$ 1,563	$ 1,733
Preferred stock, par value (usd per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock, shares authorized (shares)	5,000	5,000
Preferred stock, issued (shares)
Common stock, par value (usd per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized (shares)	200,000	200,000
Common stock, issued (shares)	80,205	80,583
Common stock, outstanding (shares)	80,205	80,583

XML

Balance Sheet Components

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Balance Sheet Components

Balance Sheet Components

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Raw materials	$	8,143	$	5,172
Work in process	2,970		4,241
Finished goods	4,815		4,555
Total Inventories	$	15,928	$	13,968

Work in process includes costs to produce our clear aligner and intra-oral scanner products. Finished goods primarily represent our intra-oral scanners and ancillary products that support our clear aligner products.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Clinical and manufacturing equipment	$	107,707		$	104,373
Computer hardware	24,092			24,851
Computer software	22,044			21,286
Furniture and fixtures	7,386			7,275
Leasehold improvements	15,358			14,996
Building	1,868			1,868
Land	1,162			1,162
CIP	18,310			5,438
Total	197,927			181,249
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization and impairment charges 1	(107,802		)	(105,506		)
Total Property, plant and equipment, net	$	90,125		$	75,743

¹  We recorded an impairment of our long-lived assets in 2013 which was a result of changes in the competitive environment for intra-oral scanners which included announcements of new low-priced scanners targeted at orthodontists and GPs in North America that caused us to lower our expectations for growth and profitability for our Scanner reporting unit. As a result, we determined that the carrying value of the long-lived assets was not recoverable and therefore recorded an impairment charge of $26.3 million, of which $7.0 million related to property and equipment. Refer to Note 5 for details of the impairment analysis.

As of December 31, 2014, CIP consists primarily of costs for capital equipment to be placed in service in the next year; however, in late 2014 we started an ERP project and have capitalized $2.6 million as of December 31, 2014, which we anticipate will be placed in service in 2016. Depreciation and amortization was $14.8 million, $13.9 million, and $13.4 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Accrued liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Accrued payroll and benefits	$	44,610	$	43,029
Accrued sales rebate	11,110		10,100
Accrued sales and marketing expenses	5,979		3,893
Accrued accounts payable	5,736		4,053
Accrued sales tax and value added tax	5,456		6,215
Accrued warranty	3,148		3,104
Accrued professional fees	2,494		1,892
Accrued income taxes	2,027		1,205
Other accrued liabilities	7,320		6,854
Total Accrued Liabilities	$	87,880	$	80,345

Warranty

We regularly review the accrued balances and update these balances based on historical warranty trends.  Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued.  However, future actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts.

Clear Aligner

We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the Invisalign case is complete. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.

Scanners

We warrant our scanners for a period of one year from the date of training and installation. We accrue for these warranty costs which includes materials and labor based on estimated historical repair costs. Extended service packages may be purchased for additional fees.

Warranty accrual as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consists of the following activity (in thousands):

Warranty accrual, December 31, 2012	$	4,050
Charged to cost of revenues	2,850
Actual warranty expenditures	(3,796		)
Warranty accrual, December 31, 2013	3,104
Charged to cost of revenues	1,990
Actual warranty expenditures	(1,946		)
Warranty accrual, December 31, 2014	$	3,148

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Weighted Average Assumptions Used for the Fair Value of Stock Options Granted Estimated at Grant Date Using Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (Detail) (Stock Options)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Stock Options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term (in years)	0 years	0 years

XML

Income Taxes - Rollforward of Total Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefit (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Excluding Amounts Pertaining to Examined Tax Returns [Roll Forward]
Unrecognized tax benefit as of beginning of period	$ 26,668	$ 20,639	$ 15,472
Tax positions related to current year, additions for uncertain tax positions	6,659	6,110	5,087
Tax positions related to prior year, additions for uncertain tax positions		(81)	80
Decreases for uncertain tax positions	(260)
Unrecognized tax benefit as of end of period	$ 33,067	$ 26,668	$ 20,639

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Goodwill

The change in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014 by our reportable segments, which are also our reporting units, are as follows (in thousands):

	Clear Aligner			Scanners and Services			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	58,543		$	40,693		$	99,236
Goodwill from ICA acquisition	3,558			—			3,558
Impairment of goodwill	—			(40,693		)	(40,693		)
Adjustments 1	(478		)	—			(478		)
Balance as of December 31, 2013	61,623			—			61,623
Goodwill from ICA acquisition	—			—			—
Adjustments 1	(254		)	—			(254		)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	61,369		$	—		$	61,369

¹   The adjustments to goodwill were a result of foreign currency translation.

Schedule Of Amortized Intangible Assets

ntangible assets arising either as a direct result from the Cadent acquisition or individually acquired are being amortized as follows (in thousands):

	Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)	Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2014		Accumulated Amortization			Impairment Charge			Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2014
Trademarks	15	$	7,100	$	(1,354	)	$	(4,179	)	$	1,567
Existing technology	13	12,600		(3,015		)	(4,328		)	5,257
Customer relationships	11	33,500		(9,095		)	(10,751		)	13,654
Other	8	285		(76		)	—			209
Total Intangible Assets		$	53,485	$	(13,540	)	$	(19,258	)	$	20,687

	Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)	Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2013		Accumulated Amortization			Impairment Charge			Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2013
Trademarks	15	$	7,100	$	(1,100	)	$	(4,179	)	$	1,821
Existing technology	13	12,600		(2,236		)	(4,328		)	6,036
Customer relationships	11	33,500		(7,112		)	(10,751		)	15,637
Other	8	285		(40		)	—			245
Total Intangible Assets		$	53,485	$	(10,488	)	$	(19,258	)	$	23,739

Schedule of Future Amortization For Finited-Lived Intangible Assets

The total estimated annual future amortization expense for these acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year
2015	$	2,600
2016	2,600
2017	2,600
2018	2,600
2019	2,600
Thereafter	7,687
Total	$	20,687

XML

Segments and Geographical Information Segments and Geographical Information - (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	$ 761,653	[1]	$ 660,206	[1]	$ 560,041	[1]
Gross profit	578,443		498,106		416,388
Invisalign Full [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	585,721		497,507		434,432
Invisalign Express/Lite [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	80,598		72,418		51,486
Invisalign Non-Case Revenues [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	46,230		44,724		30,663
Scanners [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	49,104		45,557		43,460
Clear Aligner
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Gross profit	562,889		484,835		405,970
Scanners and CAD/CAM Services
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Gross profit	$ 15,554		$ 13,271		$ 10,418

[1] 2 Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.

XML

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements - Fair Value Measured On A Recurring Basis (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	$ 254,787,000	$ 127,040,000
Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	147,892,000	101,978,000
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Assets measured at fair value	509,514,000	390,149,000
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Assets measured at fair value	117,376,000	150,459,000
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Assets measured at fair value	392,138,000	239,690,000
Money market funds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	80,786,000	143,540,000
Money market funds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	80,786,000	143,540,000
Money market funds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	0	0
Commercial paper | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	33,998,000	54,328,000
Commercial paper | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	21,997,000	15,398,000
Commercial paper | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	33,998,000	54,328,000
Commercial paper | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	0	0
Commercial paper | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
Commercial paper | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	21,997,000	15,398,000
Commercial paper | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	33,998,000	54,328,000
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	1,745,000
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	151,966,000	29,085,000
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	57,089,000	23,313,000
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	0
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Cash Equivalents
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Money market funds	1,745,000
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	151,966,000	29,085,000
Corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	57,089,000	23,313,000
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	901,000	13,971,000
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	521,000	19,495,000
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	901,000	13,971,000
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	521,000	19,495,000
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	901,000	13,971,000
U.S. dollar dominated foreign corporate bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	521,000	19,495,000
U.S. government agency bonds | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	41,587,000	16,703,000
U.S. government agency bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	41,587,000	16,703,000
U.S. government agency bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	48,217,000	38,118,000
U.S. government agency bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
U.S. government agency bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
U.S. government agency bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	41,587,000	16,703,000
U.S. government agency bonds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	48,217,000	38,118,000
Israeli funds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Other assets
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Other assets	2,307,000	2,193,000
Israeli funds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Other assets
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Other assets	0	0
Israeli funds | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Other assets
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Other assets	2,307,000	2,193,000
Municipal Securities [Member] | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	9,160,000	7,014,000
Municipal Securities [Member] | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	9,551,000	8,331,000
Municipal Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	9,160,000	7,014,000
Municipal Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	9,551,000	8,331,000
Municipal Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
Municipal Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
Municipal Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	9,160,000	7,014,000
Municipal Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	9,551,000	8,331,000
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	15,777,000	5,939,000
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	11,701,000	5,802,000
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	1,398,000	5,939,000
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	11,701,000	5,802,000
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0	0
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	1,398,000	5,939,000
Asset-backed Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	11,701,000	5,802,000
U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member] | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	20,813,000	6,919,000
U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	15,777,000
U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	20,813,000	6,919,000
U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	15,777,000
U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	20,813,000	6,919,000
U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Short-term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	0
U.S. Government Treasury Bonds [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | Long Term Investments
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Line Items]
Investments	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Net Income per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Net Income per Share

Net Income per Share

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, adjusted for any dilutive effect of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method, includes stock options, RSUs, MSUs and our ESPP.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stock (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Numerator:
Net income	$	145,832	$	64,295	$	58,691
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic	80,754		80,551		80,529
Dilutive effect of potential common stock	1,529		2,038		2,511
Total shares, diluted	82,283		82,589		83,040
Net income per share, basic	$	1.81	$	0.80	$	0.73
Net income per share, diluted	$	1.77	$	0.78	$	0.71

For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the anti-dilutive effect on net income per share from stock options, RSUs, MSUs and our employee stock purchase plan were not material.